ISBC - 12.31.2012 - 10K
Table of Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
þ
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                     to                    
Commission File No. 000-51557
 
Investors Bancorp, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
 
 
Delaware
 
22-3493930
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
 
101 JFK Parkway, Short Hills, New Jersey
 
07078
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
Zip Code
(973) 924-5100
(Registrant’s telephone number)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
 
 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(Title of Class)
 
(Name of each exchange on which registered)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  þ    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  þ    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):


Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Large accelerated filer
 
þ
 
 
  
Accelerated filer
 
 
Non-accelerated filer
 

 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  
Smaller reporting company
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  þ
As of February 20, 2013, the registrant had 118,020,280 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and 111,915,882 shares outstanding, of which 65,396,235 shares, or 58.7%, were held by Investors Bancorp, MHC, the registrant’s mutual holding company.
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the last sale price on June 30, 2012, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market, was approximately $614.3 million.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
1. Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Registrant (Part III).



Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC.
2012 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
 
 
Page
Part I.
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
Part II.
Item 5.
Item6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Part III.
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
Part IV.
Item 15.
 
 
 
 



Table of Contents

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains a number of forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. These statements may be identified by the use of the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “outlook,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions.
Forward-looking statements are based on various assumptions and analyses made by us in light of our management’s experience and its perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors (many of which are beyond our control) that could cause actual results to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors include, without limitation, the following:
the timing and occurrence or non-occurrence of events may be subject to circumstances beyond our control;
there may be increases in competitive pressure among financial institutions or from non-financial institutions;
changes in the interest rate environment may reduce interest margins or affect the value of our investments;
changes in deposit flows, loan demand or real estate values may adversely affect our business;
changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines may cause our financial condition to be perceived differently;
general economic conditions, either nationally or locally in some or all areas in which we do business, or conditions in the real estate or securities markets or the banking industry may be less favorable than we currently anticipate;
legislative or regulatory changes may adversely affect our business;
technological changes may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate;
success or consummation of new business initiatives may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate;
litigation or other matters before regulatory agencies, whether currently existing or commencing in the future, may be determined adverse to us or may delay the occurrence or non-occurrence of events longer than we anticipate;
the risks associated with continued diversification of assets and adverse changes to credit quality;
difficulties associated with achieving expected future financial results; and
the risk of continued economic slowdown that would adversely affect credit quality and loan originations.
We have no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document.
As used in this Form 10-K, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Investors Bancorp, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, principally Investors Bank.


PART I


ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
Investors Bancorp, Inc.
Investors Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company” or "Investors Bancorp") is a Delaware corporation that was organized on January 21, 1997 for the purpose of being a holding company for Investors Bank (the “Bank”), a New Jersey chartered savings bank. On October 11, 2005, the Company completed its initial public stock offering in which it sold 51,627,094 shares, or 44.40% of its outstanding common stock, to subscribers in the offering, including 4,254,072 shares purchased by the Investors Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”). Upon completion of the initial public offering, Investors Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”), the Company’s New Jersey chartered mutual holding company parent, held 64,844,373 shares, or 54.94% of the Company’s outstanding common stock (shares restated to include shares issued in a business combination subsequent to initial public offering). Additionally, the Company contributed $5,163,000 in cash and issued 1,548,813 shares of common stock, or 1.33% of its outstanding shares, to the Investors Bank Charitable Foundation.
Since the formation of the Company in 1997, our primary business has been that of holding the common stock of the Bank and additionally since our stock offering, a loan to the ESOP. Investors Bancorp, Inc., as the holding company of Investors Bank, is authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations for bank holding companies. At December 31, 2012, our assets totaled $12.72 billion and our deposits totaled $8.77 billion.

1

Table of Contents

Our cash flow depends on dividends received from Investors Bank. Investors Bancorp, Inc. neither owns nor leases any property, but instead uses the premises, equipment and furniture of Investors Bank. At the present time, we employ as officers only certain persons who are also officers of Investors Bank and we use the support staff of Investors Bank from time to time. These persons are not separately compensated by Investors Bancorp, Inc. Investors Bancorp, Inc. may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.    
On September 28, 2012, the Company declared its first quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share, which was paid November 1, 2012 to stockholders of record as of October 15, 2012. It was the first dividend since completing its initial public stock offering in October 2005. On January 31, 2013, the Company declared its second cash dividend of $0.05 per share to stockholders of record as of February 11, 2013, which was paid on February 25, 2013.
Acquisitions
On December 19, 2012, we announced our seventh acquisition with the definitive merger agreement with Roma Financial Corporation, the federally-chartered holding company for Roma Bank and RomAsia Bank. Under the terms of the merger agreement, 100% of the shares of Roma Financial will be converted into Investors Bancorp common stock. As of September 30, 2012, Roma Financial Corporation operated 26 branches in Burlington, Ocean, Mercer, Camden and Middlesex counties, New Jersey, and had assets of $1.84 billion, deposits of $1.49 billion and stockholders' equity of $218.8 million. The merger agreement has been approved by the boards of directors of each company. Subject to the required approvals of Investors Bancorp and Roma Financial shareholders, requisite regulatory approvals, the effectiveness of the registration statement to be filed by Investors Bancorp with respect to the stock to be issued in the transaction and other customary closing conditions, the Merger is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2013. As the merger has not been completed, the transaction is not reflected in the balance sheet or results of operation for the periods presented in this document.
On October 15, 2012, we completed the acquisition of Marathon Banking Corporation, the holding company of Marathon National Bank of New York ("Marathon Bank"), a federally chartered bank with 13 full-service branches in the New York metropolitan area. After the purchase accounting adjustments, the Company assumed $777.5 million in customer deposits and acquired $558.5 million in loans. This transaction resulted in $38.4 million of goodwill and generated $5.0 million in core deposit intangibles. Under this method of accounting, the purchase price has been allocated to the respective assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, net of applicable income tax effects. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill. The purchase price of $135.0 million was paid using available cash. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting as prescribed by Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 805 “Business Combinations”, as amended.
On January 6, 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of Brooklyn Federal Bancorp, Inc. (“BFSB”), the holding company of Brooklyn Federal Savings Bank, a federally chartered savings bank with five full-service branches in Brooklyn and Long Island. After the purchase accounting adjustments, we assumed $385.9 million in customer deposits and acquired $177.5 million in loans. This transaction resulted in $16.7 million of goodwill and generated $218,000 in core deposit intangibles. Under this method of accounting, the purchase price has been allocated to the respective assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, net of applicable income tax effects. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill. The purchase price of $10.3 million was paid through a combination of our common stock (551,862 shares), issued to Investors Bancorp, MHC, and cash of $2.9 million. Brooklyn Federal Savings Bank was merged into the Bank as of the acquisition date. In a separate transaction, we sold most of Brooklyn Federal Savings Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio to a real estate investment fund on January 10, 2012. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting as prescribed by Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 805 “Business Combinations”, as amended.

Investors Bank
General
Investors Bank is a New Jersey-chartered savings bank headquartered in Short Hills, New Jersey. Originally founded in 1926 as a New Jersey-chartered mutual savings and loan association, we have grown through acquisitions and internal growth, including de novo branching. In 1992, we converted our charter to a mutual savings bank, and in 1997 we converted our charter to a New Jersey-chartered stock savings bank.
We are in the business of attracting deposits from the public through our branch network and borrowing funds in the wholesale markets to originate loans and to invest in securities. We originate 1-4 family residential mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate loans, multi-family loans, commercial real estate loans, construction loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans, the majority of which are home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. Securities, primarily U.S. Government and Federal Agency obligations, mortgage-backed and other securities represented 12.3% of our assets at December 31, 2012. We offer a variety of deposit accounts and emphasize quality customer service. Investors Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by both the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and we are subject to regulations as a bank holding company by the Federal Reserve Board.

2

Table of Contents

Our results of operations are dependent primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest earned on our assets, primarily our loan and securities portfolios, and the interest paid on our deposits and borrowings. Our net income is also affected by our provision for loan losses, non-interest income, non-interest expense and income tax expense. Non-interest income includes fees and service charges; income from bank owned life insurance, or BOLI; net gain on sales of mortgage loans; net gain on securities; and other income. Non-interest expense consists of compensation and benefits expense; advertising and promotional expense; office occupancy and equipment expense; federal deposit insurance premiums; stationary, printing, supplies and telephone expense; professional fees; data processing fees; and other operating expenses. Our earnings are significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates and U.S. Treasury yield curves, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities.
We conduct business from our main office located at 101 JFK Parkway, Short Hills, New Jersey and 101 branch offices located throughout northern and central New Jersey and New York. In addition, the Company has a commercial real estate loan production office in Manhattan, New York and an operation center in Iselin, New Jersey. The telephone number at our main office is (973) 924-5100.

Market Area

Our primary deposit gathering area had been concentrated in the communities surrounding our headquarters and our branch offices located in the New Jersey communities of Bergen, Burlington, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Union and Warren Counties.  Within the last two years we have expanded our branch locations to include the New York communities of Nassau, Queens, Kings, Richmond, Suffolk and New York counties. Our corporate headquarters are located in Short Hills, New Jersey with an operation center located in Iselin, New Jersey and a lending office in New York City.

During 2012, we continued our penetration into the New York market by finalizing our Brooklyn Federal Bancorp and Marathon acquisitions and now have branch offices located in New York county, Richmond county and Suffolk county.  Our primary lending area is broader than our deposit-gathering area and includes 14 counties in New Jersey and 6 counties in New York. It is largely urban and suburban with a broad economic base as is typical for counties in and surrounding the New York metropolitan area. The market we operate in is considered one of the most attractive banking markets in the United States.
Many of the counties we serve are projected to experience strong to moderate population and household income growth through 2016. Though slower population growth is projected for some of the counties we serve, it is important to note that these counties represent some of the most densely populated counties. All of the counties we serve have a strong mature market with median household incomes greater than $39,000. The household incomes in the counties we serve are all expected to increase in a range from 8.54% to 26.30% through 2016. The December 2012 unemployment rates for New Jersey and New York were 9.3% and 8.2%, respectively, while the national rate was 7.8%.
Competition
We face intense competition within our market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a high concentration of financial institutions, including large money center and regional banks, community banks and credit unions. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we currently do not offer, such as trust services and private banking. As of June 30, 2012, the latest date for which statistics are available, our market share of deposits was 2.7% of total deposits in the State of New Jersey.
Our competition for loans and deposits comes principally from commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from short-term money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies. Our primary focus is to build and develop profitable customer relationships across all lines of business while maintaining our role as a community bank.
Lending Activities
Our loan portfolio is comprised primarily of residential real estate loans, multi-family loans, commercial loans, construction loans, commercial and industrial loans, and consumer and other loans. In recent years we have focused on growing our commercial real estate portfolio. Residential mortgage loans represented $4.84 billion, or 46.4% of our total loans at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, multi-family loans totaled $3.00 billion, or 28.7% of our total loan portfolio, commercial real estate loans totaled $1.97 billion, or 18.9% of our total loan portfolio, construction loans totaled $224.8 million, or 2.15% of our total loan portfolio, and commercial and industrial loans totaled $169.3 million or 1.62% of our total loan portfolio. We also offer consumer loans, which consist primarily of home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. At December 31, 2012, consumer loans totaled $238.9 million or 2.29% of our total loan portfolio.

3

Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan, including Purchased Credit-Impaired ("PCI") loans at the dates indicated.

 
December 31,
 
June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2009
 
2008
 
Amount
%
 
Amount
%
 
Amount
%
 
Amount
%
 
Amount
%
 
Amount
%
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands )
Residential mortgage loans
$
4,838,315

46.35
%
 
5,034,161

56.59
%
 
4,939,244

61.78
%
 
4,773,556

71.76
%
 
4,708,899

76.3
%
 
4,009,563

85.97
%
Multi-family
2,995,471

28.70

 
1,816,118

20.42

 
1,161,874

14.53

 
612,743

9.21

 
482,783

7.82

 
82,711

1.77

Commercial
1,971,689

18.89

 
1,418,636

15.95

 
1,225,256

15.33

 
730,012

10.97

 
433,204

7.02

 
142,396

3.06

Construction loans
224,816

2.15

 
277,625

3.12

 
347,825

4.35

 
334,480

5.03

 
346,967

5.62

 
260,177

5.58

Commercial and industrial loans
169,258

1.62

 
106,299

1.20

 
60,903

0.76

 
23,159

0.35

 
15,665

0.25

 
47


Consumer and other loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity loans
101,163

0.97

 
121,134

1.36

 
147,540

1.84

 
104,864

1.58

 
119,193

1.93

 
139,587

2.99

Home equity credit lines
131,808

1.26

 
117,445

1.32

 
108,356

1.36

 
70,341

1.06

 
61,664

1.00

 
27,270

0.59

Other
5,951

0.06

 
3,648

0.04

 
3,861

0.05

 
2,972

0.04

 
3,341

0.06

 
1,962

0.04

Total consumer and other loans
238,922

2.29

 
242,227

2.72

 
259,757

3.25

 
178,177

2.68

 
184,198

2.99

 
168,819

3.62

Total loans
$
10,438,471

100.00
%
 
$
8,895,066

100.00
%
 
$
7,994,859

100.00
%
 
$
6,652,127

100.00
%
 
$
6,171,716

100.00
%
 
$
4,663,713

100.00
%
Premiums on purchased loans, net
$
43,023

 
 
29,927

 
 
22,021

 
 
22,958

 
 
21,313

 
 
22,622

 
Deferred loan fees, net
(32,536
)
 
 
(13,540
)
 
 
(8,244
)
 
 
(4,574
)
 
 
(3,252
)
 
 
(2,620
)
 
Allowance for loan losses
(142,172
)
 
 
(117,242
)
 
 
(90,931
)
 
 
(55,052
)
 
 
(46,608
)
 
 
(13,565
)
 
Net loans
$
10,306,786

 
 
$
8,794,211

 
 
$
7,917,705

 
 
$
6,615,459

 
 
$
6,143,169

 
 
$
4,670,150

 



4

Table of Contents

Portfolio Maturities. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio, including PCI loans at December 31, 2012. Overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.
 
 
At December 31, 2012
 
Residential
Mortgage
 
Multi-Family
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Construction
Loans
 
Commercial and
Industrial loans
 
Consumer and
Other Loans
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Amounts Due:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One year or less
$
13,206

 
31,459

 
78,856

 
181,254

 
74,633

 
87,177

 
466,585

After one year:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
One to three years
10,432

 
225,340

 
369,518

 
41,273

 
22,009

 
16,442

 
685,014

Three to five years
39,667

 
329,308

 
319,893

 

 
33,937

 
17,112

 
739,917

Five to ten years
195,560

 
1,884,929

 
958,171

 
2,289

 
30,539

 
53,216

 
3,124,704

Ten to twenty years
1,311,303

 
521,109

 
242,397

 

 
5,839

 
39,106

 
2,119,754

Over twenty years
3,268,147

 
3,326

 
2,854

 

 
2,301

 
25,869

 
3,302,497

Total due after one year
4,825,109

 
2,964,012

 
1,892,833

 
43,562

 
94,625

 
151,745

 
9,971,886

Total loans
$
4,838,315

 
2,995,471

 
1,971,689

 
224,816

 
169,258

 
238,922

 
10,438,471

Premiums on purchased loans, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
43,023

Deferred loan fees, net
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(32,536
)
Allowance for loan losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(142,172
)
Net loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
10,306,786


The following table sets forth fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2012 that are contractually due after December 31, 2013.
 
 
Due After December 31, 2013
 
Fixed
 
Adjustable
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Residential mortgage loans
$
2,995,039

 
1,830,070

 
4,825,109

Multi- family loans
1,380,287

 
1,583,725

 
2,964,012

Commercial loans
1,088,129

 
804,704

 
1,892,833

Construction loans
1,448

 
42,114

 
43,562

Commercial and industrial loans
66,615

 
28,010

 
94,625

Consumer and other loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity loans
97,161

 

 
97,161

Home equity credit lines

 
51,524

 
51,524

Other
3,060

 

 
3,060

Total consumer and other loans
100,221

 
51,524

 
151,745

Total loans
$
5,631,739

 
4,340,147

 
9,971,886

Residential Mortgage Loans. One of our primary lending activities has been originating and purchasing residential mortgage loans, most of which are secured by properties located in our primary market area and most of which we hold in portfolio. At December 31, 2012, $4.84 billion, or 46.4%, of our loan portfolio consisted of residential mortgage loans. Residential mortgage loans are originated by our mortgage subsidiary, Investors Home Mortgage, for our loan portfolio and for sale to third parties. We also purchase mortgage loans from correspondent entities including other banks and mortgage bankers. Our agreements call for these correspondent entities to originate loans that adhere to our underwriting standards. In most cases we acquire the loans with servicing rights, but we have some arrangements in which the correspondent entity will sell us the loan without servicing rights. In addition, we purchase pools of mortgage loans in the secondary market on a “bulk purchase” basis from several well-established financial institutions. While some of these financial institutions retain the servicing rights for loans they sell to us, when presented with the opportunity to purchase the servicing rights as part of the loan, we may decide to purchase the servicing rights. This decision is generally based on the price and other relevant factors.

5

Table of Contents

Generally, residential mortgage loans are originated in amounts up to 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price of the property to a maximum loan amount of $1,250,000. Loans over $1,250,000 require a lower loan to value ratio. Loans in excess of 80% of value require private mortgage insurance and cannot exceed $500,000. We will not make loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 95% or 97% for programs to low or moderate-income borrowers. Fixed-rate mortgage loans are originated for terms of up to 30 years. Generally, all fixed-rate residential mortgage loans are underwritten according to Fannie Mae guidelines, policies and procedures. At December 31, 2012, we held $3.01 billion in fixed-rate residential mortgage loans which represented 62.2% of our residential mortgage loan portfolio.
We also offer adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, which adjust annually after three, five, seven or ten year initial fixed-rate periods. Our adjustable rate loans usually adjust to an index plus a margin, based on the weekly average yield on U.S. Treasuries adjusted to a constant maturity of one year. Annual caps of 2% per adjustment apply, with a lifetime maximum adjustment of 5% on most loans. Our adjustable-rate mortgage loans amortize over terms of up to 30 years. In addition, we originate interest-only one-to four-family mortgage loans in which the borrower makes only interest payments for the first five, seven or ten years of the mortgage loan term. This feature will result in future increases in the borrower’s contractually required payments due to the required amortization of the principal amount after the interest-only period. We maintain stricter underwriting criteria for these interest-only loans than it does for its amortizing loans. Borrowers are qualified using the loan rate at the date of origination and the fully amortized payment amount.

Adjustable-rate mortgage loans decrease the Bank’s risk associated with changes in market interest rates by periodically re-pricing, but involve other risks because, as interest rates increase, the underlying payments by the borrower increase, which increases the potential for default by the borrower. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates or a decline in housing values. The maximum periodic and lifetime interest rate adjustments may limit the effectiveness of adjustable-rate mortgages during periods of rapidly rising interest rates. At December 31, 2012, we held $1.83 billion of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, of which $384.9 million were interest-only one- to four-family mortgages. Adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans represented 37.8% of our residential mortgage loan portfolio.
To provide financing for low-and moderate-income home buyers, we also offer various loan programs some of which include down payment assistance for home purchases. Through these programs, qualified individuals receive a reduced rate of interest on most of our loan programs and have their application fee refunded at closing, as well as other incentives if certain conditions are met.
All residential mortgage loans we originate include a “due-on-sale” clause, which gives us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable if the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. All borrowers are required to obtain title insurance, fire and casualty insurance and, if warranted, flood insurance on properties securing real estate loans.
Multi-family and Commercial Real Estate Loans. As part of our strategy to add to and diversify our loan portfolio, we offer mortgages on multi-family and commercial real estate properties. At December 31, 2012, $3.00 billion, or 28.7% of our total loan portfolio was multi-family and $1.97 billion or 18.9%, of our total loan portfolio was commercial real estate loans. Our policy generally has been to originate multi-family and commercial real estate loans in New Jersey, New York and surrounding states. Commercial real estate loans are secured by office buildings, mixed-use properties and other commercial properties. The multi-family and commercial real estate loans in our portfolio consist of both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans which were originated at prevailing market rates. Multi-family and commercial real estate loans are generally five to fifteen year term balloon loans amortized over fifteen to thirty years. The maximum loan-to-value ratio is 70% for our commercial real estate loans and 75% for multi-family loans. At December 31, 2012, our largest commercial real estate loan was $40.0 million and is on an office building in New Jersey. Our largest multi-family loan was $30.3 million and is on nine apartment buildings in New Jersey.
We consider a number of factors when we originate multi-family and commercial real estate loans. During the underwriting process we evaluate the business qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, including credit history, profitability of the property being financed, as well as the value and condition of the mortgaged property securing the loan. When evaluating the business qualifications of the borrower, we consider the financial resources of the borrower, the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar property and the borrower’s payment history with us and other financial institutions. In evaluating the property securing the loan, we consider the net operating income of the mortgaged property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value of the mortgaged property and the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of net operating income to debt service) to ensure it is at least 120% of the monthly debt service for apartment buildings and 130% for commercial income-producing properties. All commercial real estate loans are appraised by outside independent appraisers who have been approved by our Board of Directors. Personal guarantees are obtained from commercial real estate borrowers although we will consider waiving this requirement based upon the loan-to-value ratio of the proposed loan and other factors. All borrowers are required to obtain title, fire and casualty insurance and, if warranted, flood insurance.

6

Table of Contents

Multi-family loans are generally lower credit risk than other types of commercial real estate lending due to the diversification of cash flows to service the debt over multiple tenants. Loans secured by multi-family and commercial real estate generally are larger than residential mortgage loans and can involve greater credit risk. Commercial real estate loans often involve large loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Repayment of these loans depends to a large degree on the results of operations and management of the properties securing the loans or the businesses conducted on such property, and may be affected to a greater extent by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy in general. Accordingly, management annually evaluates the performance of all commercial loans in excess of $1.0 million.

Construction Loans. We offer loans directly to builders and developers on income-producing properties and residential for-sale housing units. At December 31, 2012, we held $224.8 million in construction loans representing 2.2%, of our total loan portfolio. Construction loans are originated through our commercial lending department. Generally, construction loans will be structured to be repaid over a three-year period and generally will be made in amounts of up to 70% of the appraised value of the completed property, or the actual cost of the improvements. Funds are disbursed based on inspections in accordance with a schedule reflecting the completion of portions of the project. Construction financing for sold units requires an executed sales contract.
Construction loans generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than either residential mortgage loans or other commercial mortgage loans. The risk of loss on a construction loan depends on the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value when the construction is completed compared to the estimated cost of construction. For all loans, we use outside independent appraisers approved by our Board of Directors. We require all borrowers to obtain title insurance, fire and casualty insurance and, if warranted, flood insurance. A detailed plan and cost review by an outside engineering firm is required on loans in excess of $2.5 million.
At December 31, 2012, the Bank’s largest construction loan was a $34.0 million note with an outstanding balance of $20.9 million on an apartment-rental project in New Jersey. At December 31, 2012, the loan was performing in accordance with contractual terms.
Commercial and Industrial Loans. We offer commercial and industrial loans. These loans include term loans, lines of credit and owner occupied commercial real estate loans. These loans are generally secured by real estate or business assets and include personal guarantees. The loan to value limit is 75% and businesses will typically have at least a 2 year history. The Company's 2012 acquisitions and de novo branch expansion has provided a larger market area to leverage new products. We have expanded and increased our New York market lending presence by hiring experienced consumer and industrial team members as well as expanding our business lending into the healthcare industry to focus on this segment of the market. At December 31, 2012, consumer and industrial loans totaled $169.3 million, or 1.6%, of our loan portfolio.
Consumer Loans. We offer consumer loans, most of which consist of home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. Home equity loans and home equity lines of credit are secured by residences primarily located in New Jersey and New York. At December 31, 2012, consumer loans totaled $238.9 million or 2.3%, of our total loan portfolio. The underwriting standards we use for home equity loans and home equity lines of credit include a determination of the applicant’s credit history, an assessment of the applicant’s ability to meet existing credit obligations, the payment on the proposed loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan. The combined (first and second mortgage liens) loan-to-value ratio for home equity loans and home equity lines of credit is generally limited to a maximum of 75%. Home equity loans are offered with fixed rates of interest, terms up to 30 years and to a maximum of $500,000. Home equity lines of credit have adjustable rates of interest, indexed to the prime rate, as reported in The Wall Street Journal.

7

Table of Contents

The following table shows our loan originations, loan purchases and repayment activities with respect to our portfolio of loans receivable for the periods indicated. Origination, sale and repayment activities with respect to our loans-held-for-sale are excluded from the table.
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(In thousands)
Loan originations and purchases
 
 
 
 
 
Loan originations:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
$
693,996

 
767,241

 
800,497

Multi-family
1,285,775

 
846,685

 
487,933

Commercial real estate
458,847

 
308,245

 
412,623

Construction loans
32,219

 
120,773

 
214,437

Commercial and industrial
139,833

 
104,120

 
59,636

Consumer and other loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity loans
13,674

 
14,399

 
12,921

Home equity credit lines
55,295

 
64,630

 
59,731

Other
838

 
15,314

 
15,168

Total consumer and other loans
69,807

 
94,343

 
87,820

Total loan originations
2,680,477

 
2,241,407

 
2,062,946

Loan purchases:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
638,788

 
710,880

 
862,311

Commercial real estate

 

 
120,546

Multi-family

 

 

Construction loans

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

Consumer and other loans:
 
 
 
 
 
Home equity loans

 

 
69,044

Home equity credit lines

 

 
18,302

Other

 

 

Total consumer and other loans

 

 
87,346

Total loan purchases
638,788

 
710,880

 
1,070,203

Loans sold and principal repayments
(2,508,908
)
 
(2,042,462
)
 
(1,786,658
)
Other items, net(1)
(33,784
)
 
(33,319
)
 
(44,245
)
Net loans acquired in acquisition
736,003

 

 

Net increase in loan portfolio
$
1,512,576

 
876,506

 
1,302,246

 
(1)
Other items include charge-offs, loan loss provisions, loans transferred to other real estate owned, and amortization and accretion of deferred fees and costs and discounts and premiums.
Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our Board of Directors. In the approval process for residential loans, we assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the property securing the loan. To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, we review the borrower’s income and expenses and employment and credit history. In the case of commercial real estate loans we also review projected income, expenses and the viability of the project being financed. We generally require appraisals of all real property securing loans, except for home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, in which case we may use the tax-assessed value of the property securing such loan or a lesser form of valuation, such as a home value estimator or by a drive-by value estimated performed by an approved appraisal company. Appraisals are performed by independent licensed appraisers who are approved by our Board of Directors. We require borrowers, except for home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, to obtain title insurance. All real estate secured loans require fire and casualty insurance and, if warranted, flood insurance in amounts at least equals to the principal amount of the loan or the maximum amount available.

8

Table of Contents

Our loan approval policies and limits are also established by our Board of Directors. All residential mortgage loans including home equity loans and home equity lines of credit up to $500,000 may be approved by loan underwriters, provided the loan meets all of our underwriting guidelines. Residential mortgage loans up to $750,000 may be approved by an Underwriting Supervisor, provided the loan meets all of our underwriting guidelines. If the loan does not meet all of our underwriting guidelines, but can be considered for approval because of other compensating factors, the loan must be approved by an authorized member of management. Residential mortgage loans in excess of $750,000 and up to $1,500,000 must be approved by an authorized member of management. Residential mortgage loans in excess of $1,500,000 and up to $2,000,000 must be approved by three authorized members of management. Residential mortgage loans in excess of $2,000,000 and up to $3,000,000 must be approved by three authorized members of management, one of whom must be an Executive Officer.
All commercial real estate, multi-family and construction loan requests without policy exceptions or total credit relationships in an amount up to $1,000,000 shall be approved by the Vice President/Team Leader. All commercial real estate, multi-family and construction loan requests without policy exceptions or total credit relationships in an amount up to $2,000,000 shall be approved by the Vice President/ Team Leader and either; Senior Vice President -CRE, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Lending Officer. All commercial real estate loan requests without policy exceptions or total credit relationships in excess of $5,000,000 shall be approved by the Vice President/ Team Leader or Sr Vice President-Lending and either Chief Lending Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Executive Officer. All commercial real estate, multi-family and construction requests or total credit relationships in excess of $5,000,000 or any loan with a policy exception shall require the approval of the Commercial Loan Committee consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President-Retail Banking, the Senior Vice President- Lending Administration, Senior Vice President -CRE (cannot approve CRE loans), and the Senior Vice President- Business Lending(cannot approve Business loans).
All business loans without policy exceptions or total credit relationships in an amount up to $1,500,000 shall be approved by either the Senior Vice President- Business Lending, Chief Lending Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Executive Officer. All loan requests without policy exceptions or total credit relationships up to $3,000,000 shall be approved by the Senior Vice President- Business Lending and the Chief Lending Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Executive Officer. All loan requests or total credit relationships in excess of $3,000,000 or any loan with a policy exception shall require the approval of the Commercial Loan Committee, consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President-Retail Banking, Senior Vice President- Lending Administration, Senior Vice President of CRE (cannot approve CRE Loans) and the Senior Vice President- Business Lending (cannot approve Business loans).
Loans to One Borrower. The Bank’s regulatory limit on total loans to any borrower or attributed to any one borrower is 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. As of December 31, 2012, the regulatory lending limit was $160.0 million. The Bank’s internal policy limit is $70.0 million, with the option to exceed that limit with the Board of Directors’ approval, on total loans to a borrower or related borrowers. The Bank reviews these group exposures on a monthly basis. The Bank also sets additional limits on size of loans by loan type. At December 31, 2012, the Bank’s largest relationship with an individual borrower and its related entities was $93.0 million, consisting of seven multi-family loans, a construction loan and a commercial loan. The relationship was approved by the Board of Directors and was performing in accordance with contractual terms as of December 31, 2012.
Asset Quality
One of the Bank’s key operating objectives has been, and continues to be, maintaining a high level of asset quality. The Bank maintains sound credit standards for new loan originations and purchases. We do not originate or purchase sub-prime loans, negative amortization loans or option ARM loans. In addition, the Bank uses proactive collection and workout processes in dealing with delinquent and problem loans.

The underlying credit quality of our loan portfolio is dependent primarily on each borrower’s ability to continue to make required loan payments and, in the event a borrower is unable to continue to do so, the value of the collateral securing the loan, if any. A borrower’s ability to pay typically is dependent, in the case of one-to-four family mortgage loans and consumer loans, primarily on employment and other sources of income, and in the case of multi-family and commercial real estate loans, on the cash flow generated by the property, which in turn is impacted by general economic conditions. Other factors, such as unanticipated expenditures or changes in the financial markets, may also impact a borrower’s ability to pay. Collateral values, particularly real estate values, are also impacted by a variety of factors including general economic conditions, demographics, maintenance and collection or foreclosure delays.
Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans. Purchased Credit-Impaired ("PCI") loans are loans acquired through acquisition or purchased at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality. In conjunction with the Marathon acquisition, there were 9 PCI loans totaling $6.1 million at December 31, 2012. PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30 and are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance (i.e., the allowance for loan losses). The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the initial carrying

9

Table of Contents

amount (fair value) of the covered loans, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of the loans. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment, as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. Reclassifications of the non-accretable difference to the accretable yield may occur subsequent to the loan acquisition dates due to increases in expected cash flows of the loans and results in an increase in yield on a prospective basis.

Collection Procedures. We send system-generated reminder notices to start collection efforts when a loan becomes fifteen days past due. Subsequent late charge and delinquency notices are sent and the account is monitored on a regular basis thereafter. Direct contact with the borrower is attempted early in the collection process as a courtesy reminder and later to determine the reason for the delinquency and to safeguard our collateral. We provide the Board of Directors with a summary report of loans 30 days or more past due on a monthly basis. When a loan is more than 90 days past due, the credit file is reviewed and, if deemed necessary, information is updated or confirmed and collateral re-evaluated. We make every effort to contact the borrower and develop a plan of repayment to cure the delinquency. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when they are 90 days delinquent, but may be placed on non-accrual status earlier if the timely collection of principal and/or income is doubtful. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is fully reserved, and additional income is recognized in the period collected unless the ultimate collection of principal is considered doubtful. If our effort to cure the delinquency fails and a repayment plan is not in place, the file is referred to counsel for commencement of foreclosure or other collection efforts. We also own loans serviced by other entities and we monitor delinquencies on such loans using reports the servicers send to us. When we receive these past due reports, we review the data and contact the servicer to discuss the specific loans and the status of the collection process. We add the information from the servicer’s delinquent loan reports to our own delinquent reports and provide a full summary report monthly to our Board of Directors.
Our collection procedure for non mortgage related consumer and other loans includes sending periodic late notices to a borrower once a loan is past due. We attempt to make direct contact with the borrower once a loan becomes 30 days past due. The Collection Manager reviews loans 60 days or more delinquent on a regular basis. If collection activity is unsuccessful after 90 days, we may refer the matter to our legal counsel for further collection efforts or we may charge-off the loan. Non real estate related consumer loans that are considered uncollectible are proposed for charge-off by the Collection Manager on a quarterly basis.


10

Table of Contents

Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies by type and by amount at the dates indicated, excluding the PCI loans.
 
 
Loans Delinquent For
 
 
 
 
 
60-89 Days
 
90 Days and Over
 
Total
 
Number
 
Amount
 
Number
 
Amount
 
Number
 
Amount
 
(Dollars in thousands)
At December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
37

 
$
11,715

 
310

 
$
76,088

 
347

 
$
87,803

Multi-family
3

 
3,950

 
5

 
11,143

 
8

 
15,093

Commercial real estate
4

 
3,016

 
4

 
753

 
8

 
3,769

Construction loans
0

 

 
6

 
18,876

 
6

 
18,876

Commercial and industrial
2

 
2,639

 
2

 
375

 
4

 
3,014

Consumer and other loans
8

 
196

 
23

 
1,238

 
31

 
1,434

Total
54

 
$
21,516

 
350

 
$
108,473

 
404

 
$
129,989

At December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
28

 
$
9,847

 
288

 
$
80,703

 
316

 
$
90,550

Multi-family
4

 
6,180

 

 

 
4

 
6,180

Commercial real estate

 

 
1

 
73

 
1

 
73

Construction loans
1

 
8,068

 
12

 
40,362

 
13

 
48,430

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer and other loans
5

 
173

 
25

 
1,009

 
30

 
1,182

Total
38

 
$
24,268

 
326

 
$
122,147

 
364

 
$
146,415

At December 31, 2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
35

 
$
11,890

 
243

 
$
73,650

 
278

 
$
85,540

Multi-family
3

 
12,898

 
3

 
2,748

 
6

 
15,646

Commercial real estate
1

 
502

 
8

 
3,899

 
9

 
4,401

Construction loans
1

 
7,850

 
26

 
82,735

 
27

 
90,585

Commercial and industrial
2

 
640

 
5

 
1,829

 
7

 
2,469

Consumer and other loans
4

 
196

 
20

 
1,033

 
24

 
1,229

Total
46

 
$
33,976

 
305

 
$
165,894

 
351

 
$
199,870

Non-Performing Assets. Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans, loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing interest and real estate owned, or REO. We did not have any loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, we had REO of $8.1 million consisting of thirty three properties. Non-accrual loans decreased $21.6 million to $120.6 million at December 31, 2012, from $142.2 million at December 31, 2011. In connection with the BFSB acquisition, the Company sold approximately $106.2 million of the commercial real estate loan portfolio to a real estate investment fund on January 10, 2012. During 2011, the Company elected to sell twenty-three non-accrual commercial real estate loans on a bulk basis for $10.0 million. Although we have resolved a number of non-performing loans, the deterioration of the housing and real estate markets, as well as the overall weakness in the economy, continue to impact our non-accrual loans. As a geographically concentrated lender, we have been affected by negative consequences arising from the ongoing economic recession and, in particular, the decline in the housing industry, as well as economic and housing industry weaknesses in the New Jersey/New York metropolitan area. We are particularly vulnerable to the impact of a severe job loss recession. We continue to closely monitor the local and regional real estate markets and other factors related to risks inherent in our loan portfolio. The ratio of non-accrual loans to total loans decreased to 1.16% at December 31, 2012, from 1.60% at December 31, 2011. Our ratio of non-performing assets to total assets decreased to 1.14% at December 31, 2012, from 1.48% at December 31, 2011. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total non-performing loans increased to 117.92% at December 31, 2012, from 76.79% at December 31, 2011. For further discussion of our non-performing assets and non-performing loans and the allowance for loan losses, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets excluding PCI loans at the dates indicated.
 

11

Table of Contents

 
December 31,
 
June 30,
 
2012 (1)
 
2011(2)
 
2010
 
2009(3)
 
2009(4)
 
2008(5)
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
$
81,295

 
84,056

 
73,650

 
50,089

 
29,741

 
6,691

Multi-family and Commercial loans
11,896

 
73

 
6,647

 
3,970

 
22,894

 
1,600

Construction loans
25,764

 
57,070

 
82,735

 
64,968

 
68,826

 
10,960

Commercial and industrial loans
375

 

 
1,829

 

 

 

Consumer and other loans
1,238

 
1,009

 
1,033

 
1,166

 
225

 
120

Total non-accrual loans
120,568

 
142,208

 
165,894

 
120,193

 
121,686

 
19,371

Real estate owned
8,093

 
3,081

 
976

 

 

 

Total non-performing assets
$
128,661

 
145,289

 
166,870

 
120,193

 
121,686

 
19,371

Performing troubled debt restructurings
15,756

 
10,465

 
4,822

 

 

 

Total non-accrual loans to total loans
1.16
%
 
1.60
%
 
2.08
%
 
1.81
%
 
1.97
%
 
0.42
%
Total non-performing assets to total assets
1.14
%
 
1.48
%
 
1.74
%
 
1.44
%
 
1.50
%
 
0.30
%
 
(1)
There were three construction troubled debt restructuring loans totaling $6.9 million and 21 residential and consumer loans totaling $5.1 million classified as non-accrual as of December 31, 2012.
(2)
An $8.1 million construction loan that was 60-89 days delinquent at December 31, 2011 was classified as non-performing. There were also 6 residential troubled debt restructurings totaling $3.0 million and 2 construction troubled debt restructurings totaling $8.6 million that were current as of December 31, 2011 classified as non-accrual.
(3)
An $11.5 million construction loan that was 60-89 days delinquent at December 31, 2009 was classified as non-accrual.
(4)
Two construction loans totaling $10.3 million were 60-89 days delinquent at June 30, 2009 were classified as non-accrual.
(5)
An $11.0 million construction loan that is 60-89 days delinquent at June 30, 2008 is classified as non-accrual.
At December 31, 2012, there were $27.7 million of loans deemed trouble debt restructurings, of which $15.8 million were accruing and $11.9 million were on non-accrual.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted to $11.5 million. We recognized interest income of $3.6 million on such loans for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Real Estate Owned. Real estate we acquire as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned, ("REO") until sold. When property is acquired it is recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure less estimated costs to sell the property. Holding costs and declines in fair value result in charges to expense after acquisition. At December 31, 2012, we had REO of $8.1 million consisting of thirty three properties. At December 31, 2011, we had REO of $3.1 million consisting of thirteen properties. At December 31, 2010, we had REO of $976,000 consisting of two properties. At December 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and 2008, we held no real estate owned.
Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide that loans and other assets of lesser quality should be classified as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” we will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “un-collectible” and of such little value their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. We classify an asset as “special mention” if the asset has a potential weakness that warrants management’s close attention. While such assets are not impaired, management has concluded that if the potential weakness in the asset is not addressed, the value of the asset may deteriorate, adversely affecting the repayment of the asset.
We are required to establish an allowance for loan losses in an amount that management considers prudent for loans classified substandard or doubtful, as well as for other problem loans. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When we classify problem assets as “loss,” we are required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of the amount of the asset so classified or to charge off such amount. Our determination as to the classification of our assets and the amount of our valuation allowances is subject to review by the New Jersey Department of

12

Table of Contents

Banking and Insurance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which can require that we establish additional general or specific loss allowances.
We review the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. Not all classified assets constitute non-performing assets.
Impaired Loans. The Company defines an impaired loan as a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that the lender will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company considers the population of loans in its impairment analysis to include commercial real estate, multi-family and construction loans with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million and on non-accrual status, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), and other commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million if management has specific information of a collateral shortfall. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral or the present value of the expected future cash flows. Smaller balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment collectively unless they are modified in a troubled debt restructure. Such loans include residential mortgage loans, installment loans, and loans not meeting the Company’s definition of impaired, and are specifically excluded from impaired loans. At December 31, 2012, loans meeting the Company’s definition of an impaired loan totaled $57.4 million. The allowance for loan losses related to loans classified as impaired at December 31, 2012, amounted to $2.1 million. Interest income received during the year ended December 31, 2012 on loans classified as impaired was $1.6 million. For further detail on our impaired loans, see Note 1 and Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Allowance for Loan Losses
Our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level necessary to absorb loan losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable. In determining the allowance for loan losses, management considers the losses inherent in our loan portfolio and changes in the nature and volume of loan activities, along with the general economic and real estate market conditions. A description of our methodology in establishing our allowance for loan losses is set forth in the section “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for Loan Losses.” The allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2012 is maintained at a level that represents management’s best estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio. However, this analysis process is subjective, as it requires us to make estimates that are susceptible to revisions as more information becomes available. Although we believe we have established the allowance at levels to absorb probable and estimable losses, future additions may be necessary if economic or other conditions in the future differ from the current environment.
In late October 2012, the Company's primary market area was adversely impacted by superstorm Sandy. The storm disrupted operations for many businesses in the area and caused substantial property damage in our lending area. In response to the storm, the Company waived late fees and provided payment deferrals to borrowers impacted by the storm. The Company has evaluated the impact of the storm relative to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Based on the Company's evaluation, there were no loan charge-offs or specific losses identified to date. For further discussion of the allowance for loan losses, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Furthermore, as an integral part of their examination processes, the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.

13

Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
Six Months  Ended
December 31,
 
Year Ended
June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2009
 
2008
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Allowance balance (beginning of period)
$
117,242

 
90,931

 
55,052

 
46,608

 
13,565

 
6,951

Provision for loan losses
65,000

 
75,500

 
66,500

 
23,425

 
29,025

 
6,646

Charge-offs:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans:
20,180

 
9,304

 
6,432

 
1,591

 
14

 
18

Multi-family loans
9,058

 
363

 
829

 

 

 

Commercial loans
479

 
7,637

 
98

 

 

 

Construction loans
13,227

 
30,548

 
23,160

 
13,411

 

 

Commercial & industrial loans
99

 
1,621

 
269

 

 

 

Consumer and other loans
1,107

 
714

 
41

 
23

 
11

 
15

Total charge-offs
44,150

 
50,187

 
30,829

 
15,025

 
25

 
33

Recoveries:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans:
593

 
388

 
124

 
44

 

 

Multi-family loans

 
19

 

 

 

 

Commercial loans
43

 

 

 

 

 

Construction loans
3,387

 
576

 
83

 

 

 

Commercial & industrial loans
23

 
13

 

 

 

 

Consumer and other loans
34

 
2

 
1

 

 

 
1

Total recoveries
4,080

 
998

 
208

 
44

 

 
1

Net charge-offs
(40,070
)
 
(49,189
)
 
(30,621
)
 
(14,981
)
 
(25
)
 
(32
)
Allowance acquired in acquisition

 

 

 

 
4,043

 

Allowance balance (end of period)
$
142,172

 
117,242

 
90,931

 
55,052

 
46,608

 
13,565

Total loans outstanding
$
10,438,471

 
8,895,066

 
7,994,859

 
6,652,127

 
6,171,716

 
4,663,713

Average loans outstanding
$
9,271,550

 
8,461,031

 
7,197,608

 
6,370,350

 
5,482,009

 
4,043,398

Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans outstanding
1.36
%
 
1.32
%
 
1.14
%
 
0.83
%
 
0.76
%
 
0.29
%
Net loans charged off as a percent of average loans outstanding
0.43
%
 
0.58
%
 
0.43
%
 
0.24
%
 

 

Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
117.92
%
 
76.79
%
 
54.81
%
 
45.80
%
 
38.30
%
 
70.03
%

14

Table of Contents

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
 
 
December 31,
 
June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2009
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total  Loans
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total  Loans
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total  Loans
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total  Loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
End of period allocated to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
$
45,369

 
46.35
%
 
$
32,447

 
56.59
%
 
$
20,489

 
61.78
%
 
$
13,741

 
71.76
%
 
$
10,841

 
76.30
%
Multi-family
29,853

 
28.70
%
 
13,863

 
20.42
%
 
10,454

 
14.53
%
 
3,227

 
9.21
%
 
1,518

 
7.82
%
Commercial real estate
33,347

 
18.89
%
 
30,947

 
15.95
%
 
16,432

 
15.33
%
 
10,208

 
10.97
%
 
6,223

 
7.02
%
Construction loans
16,062

 
2.15
%
 
22,839

 
3.12
%
 
34,669

 
4.35
%
 
25,194

 
5.03
%
 
23,437

 
5.62
%
Commercial and industrial
4,094

 
1.62
%
 
3,677

 
1.20
%
 
2,189

 
0.76
%
 
558

 
0.35
%
 
351

 
0.25
%
Consumer and other loans
2,086

 
2.29
%
 
1,335

 
2.72
%
 
866

 
3.25
%
 
510

 
2.68
%
 
459

 
2.99
%
Unallocated
11,361

 


 
12,134

 
 
 
5,832

 
 
 
1,614

 
 
 
3,779

 
 
Total allowance
$
142,172

 
100.00
%
 
$
117,242

 
100.00
%
 
$
90,931

 
100.00
%
 
$
55,052

 
100.00
%
 
$
46,608

 
100.00
%
 
 
June 30,
 
2008
 
Allowance
for Loan
Losses
 
Percent of
Loans in
Each
Category to
Total Loans
 
(Dollars in thousands)
End of period allocated to:
 
 
 
Residential mortgage loans
$
4,585

 
85.97
%
Multi-family and commercial
1,677

 
4.83
%
Construction loans
4,836

 
5.58
%
Consumer and other loans
254

 
3.62
%
Unallocated
2,213

 
 
Total allowance
$
13,565

 
100.00
%
Security Investments
The Board of Directors has adopted our Investment Policy. This policy determines the types of securities in which we may invest. The Investment Policy is reviewed annually by management and changes to the policy are recommended to and subject to approval by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors delegates operational responsibility for the implementation of the Investment Policy to the Asset Liability Committee, which is primarily comprised of senior officers. While general investment strategies are developed by the Asset Liability Committee, the execution of specific actions rests primarily with our Chief Financial Officer. He is responsible for ensuring the guidelines and requirements included in the Investment Policy are followed and all securities are considered prudent for investment. He or his designee is authorized to execute transactions that fall within the scope

15

Table of Contents

of the established Investment Policy. Investment transactions are reviewed and ratified by the Board of Directors at their regularly scheduled meetings.
Our Investment Policy requires that investment transactions conform to Federal and New Jersey State investment regulations. Our investments include, but are not limited to, U.S. Treasury obligations, securities issued by various Federal Agencies, State and Municipal subdivisions, mortgage-backed securities, certain certificates of deposit of insured financial institutions, overnight and short-term loans to other banks, investment grade corporate debt instruments, and mutual funds. In addition, Investors Bancorp may invest in equity securities subject to certain limitations.
The Investment Policy requires that securities transactions be conducted in a safe and sound manner. Purchase and sale decisions are based upon a thorough pre-purchase analysis of each security to determine it conforms to our overall asset/liability management objectives. The analysis must consider its effect on our risk-based capital measurement, prospects for yield and/or appreciation and other risk factors.
At December 31, 2012, our securities portfolio totaled $1.57 billion representing 12.3% of our total assets. Securities are classified as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale when purchased. At December 31, 2012, $179.9 million of our securities were classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost and $1.39 billion were classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value.
Mortgage-Backed Securities. We purchase mortgage-backed pass through and collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”) securities insured or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac (government-sponsored enterprises) and Ginnie Mae (government agency), and to a lesser extent, a variety of federal and state housing authorities (collectively referred to below as “agency-issued mortgage-backed securities”). At December 31, 2012, agency-issued mortgage-backed securities including CMOs, totaled $1.51 billion, or 96.3%, of our total securities portfolio.
Mortgage-backed pass through securities are created by pooling mortgages and issuing a security with an interest rate less than the interest rate on the underlying mortgages. Mortgage-backed pass through securities represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or multi-family mortgages. As loan payments are made by the borrowers, the principal and interest portion of the payment is passed through to the investor as received. CMOs are also backed by mortgages; however, they differ from mortgage-backed pass through securities because the principal and interest payments of the underlying mortgages are financially engineered to be paid to the security holders of pre-determined classes or tranches of these securities at a faster or slower pace. The receipt of these principal and interest payments which depends on the proposed average life for each class is contingent on a prepayment speed assumption assigned to the underlying mortgages. Variances between the assumed payment speed and actual payments can significantly alter the average lives of such securities. To quantify and mitigate this risk, we undertake a payment analysis before purchasing these securities. We primarily invest in CMO classes or tranches in which the payments on the underlying mortgages are passed along at a pace fast enough to provide an average life of three to five years with no change in market interest rates. The issuers of such securities, as noted above, pool and sell participation interests in security form to investors such as Investors Bank and guarantee the payment of principal and interest. Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs generally yield less than the loans that underlie such securities because of the cost of payment guarantees and credit enhancements. However, mortgage-backed securities are usually more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be used to collateralize borrowings and other liabilities.
Mortgage-backed securities present a risk that actual prepayments may differ from estimated prepayments over the life of the security, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such instruments that can change the net yield on such securities. There is also reinvestment risk associated with the cash flows from such securities or if such securities are redeemed by the issuer. In addition, the fair value of such securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.
Our mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a weighted average yield of 2.44% at December 31, 2012. The estimated fair value of our mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2012 was $1.52 billion, which is $32.1 million greater than the amortized cost of $1.48 billion.
We also may invest in securities issued by non-agency or private mortgage originators, provided those securities are rated AAA by nationally recognized rating agencies at the time of purchase. Our non-agency mortgage-backed securities are not guaranteed by GSE entities and complied with the investment and credit standards set forth in the investment policy of the Company at the time of purchase. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company sold all its non-agency or privately originated mortgage backed securities.
Corporate and Other Debt Securities. Our corporate and other debt securities portfolio consists of collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) backed by pooled trust preferred securities (TruPS), principally issued by banks and to a lesser extent insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, and collateralized debt obligation. The interest rates on these securities reset quarterly in

16

Table of Contents

relation to the 3 month Libor rate. These securities have been classified in the held to maturity portfolio since their purchase and the Company has no intent to sell these securities until maturity.
At December 31, 2012, the portfolio consisted of 36 securities with an amortized cost of $29.5 million and a fair value of $39.3 million and all but two are rated below investment grade. The two investment grades have an amortized cost of $2.9 million with fair value of $5.4 million. For December 31, 2012, we engaged an independent valuation firm to value our TruPS portfolio and prepare our other-than temporary impairment, or OTTI, analysis. The valuation firm assisted us in evaluating the credit and performance for each remaining issuer to derive probabilities and assumptions for default, recovery and prepayment/amortization for the expected cashflows for each security. At December 31, 2012, management deemed that there was no deterioration in projected discounted cashflows since the prior period for each of its TruPS and did not recognize an OTTI charge for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Company has no intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, the debt securities before the recovery of their amortized cost basis or maturity.
At December 31, 2008, we recorded a pre-tax $156.7 million OTTI charge to reduce the carrying amount of our investment in pooled trust preferred securities to the securities’ fair values totaling $20.7 million. The decision to recognize the OTTI charge was based on the severity of the decline in the fair values of these securities at that time and the unlikelihood of any near-term market value recovery. The significant decline in the fair value occurred primarily as a result of deteriorating national economic conditions, rapidly increasing amounts of non-accrual and delinquent loans at some of the underlying issuing banks, and credit rating downgrades by Moody’s.
The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 320-10, “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments,” which was incorporated into ASC 320, “Investments — Debt and Equity Securities,” on April 1, 2009. Under this guidance, the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis is deemed to be the credit loss. The present value of the expected cash flows is calculated based on the contractual terms of each security, and is discounted at a rate equal to the effective interest rate implicit in the security at the date of acquisition. The guidance also required management to determine the amount of any previously recorded OTTI charges on the TruPS that were related to credit and all other non-credit factors. In accordance with ASC 320, management considered the deteriorating financial condition of the U.S. banking sector, the credit rating downgrades, the accelerating pace of banks deferring or defaulting on their trust preferred debt, and the increasing amounts of non-accrual and delinquent loans at the underlying issuing banks. The aforementioned analysis was incorporated into the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected for each of these securities and management determined that $35.6 million of the previously recorded pre-tax OTTI charge was due to other non-credit factors and, in accordance with ASC 320, the Company recognized a cumulative effect of initially applying ASC 320 as a $21.1 million after-tax adjustment to retained earnings with a corresponding adjustment to AOCI. At June 30, 2009, the Company recorded an additional $1.3 million pre-tax credit related OTTI charge on these securities.
We continue to closely monitor the performance of the securities we own as well as the events surrounding this segment of the market. The Company will continue to evaluate for other-than-temporary impairment, which could result in a future non-cash charge to earnings.

Government Sponsored Enterprises. At December 31, 2012, bonds issued by Government Sponsored Enterprises held in our security portfolio totaled $3.2 million representing less than 1.0% of our total securities portfolio. While these securities may generally provide lower yields than other securities in our securities portfolio; they are held for liquidity purposes, as collateral for certain borrowings, to achieve positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense, and to lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by these issuers.
Marketable Equity Securities. At December 31, 2012, we had $4.2 million in equity securities representing less than 1.0% of our total securities portfolio. Equity securities are not insured or guaranteed investments and are affected by market interest rates and stock market fluctuations. Such investments (when held) are carried at their fair value and fluctuations in the fair value of such investments, including temporary declines in value, directly affect our net capital position.
Municipal Bonds At December 31, 2012, we had $21.2 million of municipal bonds which represent 1.4% of our total securities portfolio. These bonds are comprised of $15.4 million in short-term Bond Anticipation or Tax Anticipation notes and $5.7 million of longer term New Jersey Revenue Bonds. These purchases were made to diversify the securities portfolio and are designated as held to maturity.


17

Table of Contents

Securities Portfolios. The following table sets forth the composition of our investment securities portfolios at the dates indicated
 
 
At December 31,
 
 
2012
2011
 
2010
 
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Estimated
Fair Value
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities
 
$
3,306

 
4,161

 
1,941

 
1,965

 
2,025

 
2,232

 
GSE debt securities
 
3,038

 
3,035

 

 

 

 

 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
 
660,095

 
667,517

 
389,295

 
395,482

 
248,403

 
248,335

 
Federal National Mortgage Association
 
689,587

 
706,128

 
557,746

 
567,918

 
306,745

 
308,957

 
Government National Mortgage Association
 
4,414

 
4,487

 
7,212

 
7,313

 
9,202

 
9,445

 
Non-agency securities
 

 

 
10,782

 
11,037

 
34,640

 
33,764

 
Total mortgage-backed securities available for sale
 
1,354,096

 
1,378,132

 
965,035

 
981,750

 
598,990

 
600,501

 
Total securities available-for-sale
 
$
1,360,440

 
1,385,328

 
966,976

 
983,715

 
601,015

 
602,733

 
Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government Sponsored Enterprises
 
$
147

 
149

 
174

 
175

 
15,200

 
15,446

 
Municipal bonds
 
21,156

 
22,294

 
18,001

 
18,847

 
13,951

 
13,907

 
Corporate and other debt securities
 
29,503

 
39,295

 
25,511

 
36,706

 
23,552

 
41,289

 
 
 
50,806

 
61,738

 
43,686

 
55,728

 
52,703

 
70,642

 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
 
63,033

 
66,223

 
112,540

 
117,397

 
210,544

 
218,230

 
Government National Mortgage Association
 

 

 
1,382

 
1,585

 
3,243

 
3,530

 
Federal National Mortgage Association
 
64,278

 
69,121

 
103,823

 
110,587

 
166,251

 
175,456

 
Federal housing authorities
 
1,805

 
1,811

 
2,077

 
2,137

 
2,324

 
2,476

 
Non-agency securities
 

 

 
24,163

 
24,426

 
43,471

 
43,889

 
Total mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
 
129,116

 
137,155

 
243,985

 
256,132

 
425,833

 
443,581

 
Total securities held-to-maturity
 
$
179,922

 
198,893

 
287,671

 
311,860

 
478,536

 
514,233

 
Total securities
 
$
1,540,362

 
1,584,221

 
1,254,647

 
1,295,575

 
1,079,551

 
1,116,956

 

At December 31, 2012, we had no investment in the securities of any issuer that had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity.

18

Table of Contents

Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2012 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. State and municipal securities yields have not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis.
 
 
One Year or Less
 
More than One Year
through Five Years
 
More than Five Years
through Ten Years
 
More than Ten Years
 
Total Securities
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Weighted
Average
Yield
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Available-for-Sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities
 
$

 

 
$

 

 
$

 

 
$
3,306

 

 
$
3,306

 
$
4,161

 
%
Debt Securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government sponsored enterprises
 

 

 
3,038

 
0.11
%
 

 

 

 

 
3,038

 
3,035

 
0.11
%
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
 


 


 
5,706

 
3.50
%
 
41,443

 
2.77
%
 
612,946

 
1.99
%
 
660,095

 
667,517

 
2.05
%
Government National Mortgage Association
 

 
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
 
4,414

 
3.28
%
 
4,414

 
4,487

 
3.28
%
Federal National Mortgage Association
 
853

 
8.01
%
 

 
%
 
162,441

 
2.72
%
 
526,293

 
2.38
%
 
689,587

 
706,128

 
2.46
%
Total mortgage-backed securities
 
853

 
8.01
%
 
5,706

 
3.50
%
 
203,884

 
2.73
%
 
1,143,653

 
2.16
%
 
1,354,096

 
1,378,132

 
2.26
%
Total securities available-for- sale
 
$
853

 
8.01
%
 
$
8,744

 
3.61
%
 
$
203,884

 
2.73
%
 
$
1,146,959

 
2.15
%
 
$
1,360,440

 
$
1,385,328

 
2.25
%
Held-to-Maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government sponsored enterprises
 
$

 
%
 
$

 
%
 
$
147

 
1.25
%
 
$

 
%
 
$
147

 
$
149

 
1.25
%
Municipal bonds
 
15,421

 
1.42
%
 
585

 
8.07
%
 
20

 
7.17
%
 
5,130

 
9.08
%
 
21,156

 
22,294

 
3.46
%
Corporate and other debt securities
 

 
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
 
29,503

 
1.42
%
 
29,503

 
39,295

 
1.42
%
 
 
15,421

 
1.42
%
 
585

 
8.07
%
 
167

 
1.96
%
 
34,633

 
2.56
%
 
50,806

 
61,738

 
2.27
%
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
 

 
%
 
4,045

 
7.57
%
 
27,871

 
4.07
%
 
31,117

 
3.51
%
 
63,033

 
66,223

 
4.02
%
Federal National Mortgage Association
 


 
%
 
8,891

 
3.65
%
 
24,062

 
4.30
%
 
31,325

 
4.78
%
 
64,278

 
69,121

 
4.44
%
Federal and state housing authorities
 
1,262

 
8.88
%
 
543

 
8.90
%
 

 
%
 

 
%
 
1,805

 
1,811

 
8.88
%
Total mortgage-backed securities
 
1,262

 
8.88
%
 
13,479

 
5.04
%
 
51,933

 
4.18
%
 
62,442

 
4.15
%
 
129,116

 
137,155

 
4.30
%
Total securities held-to-maturity
 
$
16,683

 
1.98
%
 
$
14,064

 
5.16
%
 
$
52,100

 
4.17
%
 
$
97,075

 
3.58
%
 
$
179,922

 
$
198,893

 
3.67
%


19

Table of Contents

Sources of Funds
General. Deposits, primarily certificates of deposit, had traditionally been the primary source of funds used for our lending and investment activities. Our strategy is to increase core deposit growth to fund these activities. In addition, we use a significant amount of borrowings, primarily advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”); to supplement cash flow needs, to lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk management and to manage our cost of funds. Additional sources of funds include principal and interest payments from loans and securities, loan and security prepayments and maturities, repurchase agreements, brokered certificates of deposit, income on other earning assets and retained earnings. While cash flows from loans and securities payments can be relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.
Deposits. At December 31, 2012, we held $8.77 billion in total deposits, representing 75.2% of our total liabilities. In recent years, we have focused on changing the mix of our deposits from one focused on attracting certificates of deposit to one focused on core deposits (savings, checking and money market accounts). The impact of these efforts has been a continuing shift in deposit mix to lower cost core products. We remain committed to our plan of attracting more core deposits because core deposits represent a more stable source of low cost funds and are less sensitive to changes in market interest rates. At December 31, 2012, we held $5.80 billion in core deposits, representing 66.2% of total deposits. This is an increase of $1.78 billion, or 44.3%, when compared to December 31, 2011, when our core deposits were $4.02 billion. At December 31, 2012, $2.97 billion, or 33.8%, of our total deposit balances were certificates of deposit, which included $189.5 million of brokered deposits. We intend to continue to invest in branch staff training and to aggressively market and advertise our core deposit products and will attempt to generate our deposits from a diverse client group within our primary market area. We remain focused on attracting deposits from municipalities and commercial and industrial “C&I” businesses which operate in our marketplace.
We have a suite of commercial deposit products, designed to appeal to small business owners and non-profit organizations. The interest rates we pay, our maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are all reviewed on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on our current operating strategies, market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. We also rely on personalized customer service, long-standing relationships with customers and an active marketing program to attract and retain deposits.
The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and other prevailing interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts we offer allows us to respond to changes in consumer demands and to be competitive in obtaining deposit funds. Our ability to attract and maintain deposits and the rates we pay on deposits will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.
The following table sets forth the distribution of total deposit accounts, by account type, at the dates indicated.
 
 
 
At December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
Balance
 
Percent
of Total
Deposits
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Balance
 
Percent
of Total
Deposits
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Balance
 
Percent
of Total
Deposits
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Savings
 
$
1,718,199

 
19.59
%
 
0.37
%
 
$
1,270,197

 
17.25
%
 
0.64
%
 
$
1,135,091

 
16.75
%
 
0.93
%
Checking accounts
 
2,498,829

 
28.50

 
0.21

 
1,633,703

 
22.19

 
0.32

 
1,367,282

 
20.18

 
0.37

Money market deposits
 
1,585,865

 
18.09

 
0.37

 
1,116,205

 
15.16

 
0.67

 
832,514

 
12.29

 
0.81

Total transaction accounts
 
5,802,893

 
66.18

 
0.30

 
4,020,105

 
54.60

 
0.52

 
3,334,887

 
49.22

 
0.65

Certificates of deposit
 
2,965,964

 
33.82

 
1.19

 
3,341,898

 
45.40

 
1.57

 
3,440,043

 
50.78

 
1.78

Total deposits
 
$
8,768,857

 
100.00
%
 
0.60
%
 
$
7,362,003

 
100.00
%
 
1.00
%
 
$
6,774,930

 
100.00
%
 
1.22
%


20

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, by rate category, the amount of certificates of deposit outstanding as of the dates indicated.
 
 
At December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Certificates of Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
0.00% - 0.25%
$
519,170

 
100,109

 
7,020

0.26% - 0.50%
433,877

 
266,036

 
279,020

0.51% - 1.00%
608,847

 
884,484

 
567,794

1.01% - 2.00%
859,952

 
1,146,716

 
1,448,608

2.01% - 3.00%
403,884

 
673,500

 
761,654

Over 3.00%
140,234

 
271,053

 
375,947

Total
$
2,965,964

 
3,341,898

 
3,440,043

The following table sets forth, by rate category, the remaining period to maturity of certificates of deposit outstanding at December 31, 2012.
 
 
 
With in
Three
Months
 
Over
Three to
Six Months
 
Over
Six Months to
One Year
 
Over
One Year to
Two Years
 
Over
Two Years to
Three Years
 
Over
Three
Years
 
Total
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Certificates of Deposits
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0.00% - 0.25%
 
$
225,729

 
141,896

 
101,095

 
19,194

 
5

 
31,251

 
519,170

0.26% - 0.50%
 
94,293

 
98,071

 
149,449

 
89,644

 
2,420

 

 
433,877

0.51% - 1.00%
 
151,205

 
59,241

 
111,234

 
257,861

 
22,094

 
7,212

 
608,847

1.01% - 2.00%
 
114,312

 
99,137

 
206,298

 
119,071

 
115,002

 
206,132

 
859,952

2.01% - 3.00%
 
16,325

 
15,107

 
11,946

 
24,578

 
70,162

 
265,766

 
403,884

Over 3.00%
 
5,252

 
6,647

 
25,468

 
75,653

 
16,290

 
10,924

 
140,234

Total
 
$
607,116

 
420,099

 
605,490

 
586,001

 
225,973

 
521,285

 
2,965,964

The following table sets forth the aggregate amount of outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 and the respective maturity of those certificates as of December 31, 2012.
 
 
 
 
At
December 31, 2012
 
(In thousands)
Three months or less
$
251,560

Over three months through six months
156,337

Over six months through one year
232,710

Over one year
658,726

Total
$
1,299,333


21

Table of Contents


Borrowings. We borrow directly from the FHLB and various financial institutions. Our FHLB borrowings, frequently referred to as advances, are over collateralized by our residential and non residential mortgage portfolios as well as qualified investment securities. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our advances from the FHLB and other financial instruments at the dates and for the periods indicated.
 
 
At or for the Year Ended
December 31,
 
At or for the
Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
At or for the
Year Ended June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2009
 
2009
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Balance at end of period
$
2,650,652

 
$
2,005,486

 
$
1,326,514

 
$
850,542

 
$
850,542

 
$
870,555

 
Average balance during period
2,068,006

 
1,793,958

 
1,168,808

 
861,388

 
819,585

 
989,855

 
Maximum outstanding at any month end
2,645,500

 
2,167,000

 
1,326,514

 
903,060

 
870,553

 
1,348,574

 
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
2.14
%
 
2.68
%
 
3.09
%
 
3.79
%
 
3.79
%
 
3.66
%
 
Average interest rate during period
2.60
%
 
2.88
%
 
3.53
%
 
3.69
%
 
3.82
%
 
3.34
%
 
We also borrow funds under repurchase agreements with the FHLB and various brokers. These agreements are recorded as financing transactions as we maintain effective control over the transferred or pledged securities. The dollar amount of the securities underlying the agreements continues to be carried in our securities portfolio while the obligations to repurchase the securities are reported as liabilities. The securities underlying the agreements are delivered to the party with whom each transaction is executed. Those parties agree to resell to us the identical securities we delivered to them at the maturity or call period of the agreement. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rate on our securities sold under agreements to repurchase at the dates and for the periods indicated:
 
 
At or for the Year Ended
December 31,
 
At or for the
Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
At or for the
Year Ended June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2009
 
2009
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at end of period
$
55,000

 
$
250,000

 
$
500,000

 
$
750,000

 
$
750,000

 
$
910,000

Average balance during period
156,120

 
333,333

 
611,397

 
857,017

 
823,620

 
894,348

Maximum outstanding at any month end
200,000

 
500,000

 
675,000

 
910,000

 
860,000

 
1,085,000

Weighted average interest rate at end of period
3.94
%
 
3.90
%
 
4.45
%
 
4.36
%
 
4.36
%
 
4.31
%
Average interest rate during period
3.93
%
 
4.26
%
 
4.46
%
 
4.36
%
 
4.43
%
 
4.43
%
Subsidiary Activities
Investors Bancorp, Inc. has two direct subsidiaries: ASB Investment Corp, Investors Bank and Marathon Statutory Trust II.
Investors Bank has the following direct and indirect subsidiaries: Investors Home Mortgage, American Savings Investment Corp., Investors Commercial, Inc., Investors Financial Group, Inc., MNBNY Holdings Inc. and Marathon Realty Investors Inc. In addition, Investors Bank also acquired additional subsidiaries in 2012 as a result of the Company's mergers with Brooklyn Federal Bancorp, Inc. and Marathon Banking Corporation. These subsidiaries were inactive and substantially all assets held by the subsidiaries were cash. The Company is currently in the process of liquidating and dissolving those subsidiaries.
ASB Investment Corp. ASB Investment Corp. is a New Jersey corporation, which was organized in June 2003 for the purpose of selling insurance and investment products, including annuities, to customers and the general public through a third party networking arrangement. This subsidiary was obtained in the acquisition of American Bancorp in May 2009. This subsidiary is currently inactive.

22

Table of Contents

Investors Mortgage Company. Investors Mortgage Company is a New Jersey limited liability company that was formed in 2001 for the purpose of originating loans for sale to both Investors Bank and third parties. During 2011, in conjunction with the rebranding of the Investors Bank, this subsidiary changed the name that it does business as from ISB Mortgage Company to Investors Home Mortgage. Investors Home Mortgage has served as Investors Bank’s retail lending production arm throughout the branch network. Investors Home Mortgage sells all loans that it originates either to Investors Bank or third parties.

American Savings Investment Corp. American Savings Investment Corp. is a New Jersey corporation that was formed in 2004 as an investment company subsidiary. The purpose of this subsidiary is to invest in stocks, bonds, notes and all types of equity, mortgages, debentures and other investment securities. This subsidiary was obtained in the acquisition of American Bancorp in May 2009.
Investors Commercial, Inc. Investors Commercial, Inc. is a New Jersey corporation that was formed in 2010 as an operating subsidiary of Investors Bank. The primary purpose of this subsidiary is to originate and purchase residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate and multi-family mortgage loans.
Investors Financial Group, Inc. Investors Financial Group, Inc. is a New Jersey corporation that was formed in 2011 as an operating subsidiary of the Bank. The primary purpose of the this subsidiary is to process sales of non-deposit investment products through third party service providers to customers and consumers as may be referred by Investors Bank.

Marathon Realty Investors Inc.  Marathon Realty Investors Inc. is a real estate investment trust (“REIT”) and a New York corporation. This subsidiary was acquired in the merger with Marathon Banking Corporation in October 2012. At December 31, 2012, Marathon Realty Investors Inc. had $274.3 million in assets. Marathon Realty Investors Inc. is taxed and operates in a manner that enables it to qualify, as a REIT under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. As a result of this election, Marathon Realty Investors Inc. is not taxed at the corporate level on taxable income distributed to stockholders, provided that certain REIT qualification tests are met.

MNBNY Holdings, Inc.  MNBNY Holdings, Inc. is a New York corporation, which is the 100% owner of Marathon Realty Investors Inc.
Investors Bank has three additional subsidiaries which are inactive. The subsidiaries are My Way Development, LLC, Investors Financial Services, Inc., and Investors REO, Inc.
Personnel
As of December 31, 2012, we had 1,175 full-time employees and 44 part-time employees. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
Investors Bank is a New Jersey-chartered savings bank, and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) under the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). Investors Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Commissioner of the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (the “Commissioner”) as the issuer of its charter, and, as a non-member state chartered savings bank, by the FDIC as the deposit insurer and its primary federal regulator. Investors Bank must file reports with the Commissioner and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition, and it must obtain regulatory approval prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions and opening or acquiring branch offices. The Commissioner and the FDIC each conduct periodic examinations to assess Investors Bank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a savings bank may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the DIF and its depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.
Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Investors Bancorp, MHC, as bank holding companies controlling Investors Bank, are subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA and to the provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948 (the “New Jersey Banking Act”) and the regulations of the Commissioner under the New Jersey Banking Act applicable to bank holding companies. Investors Bank and Investors Bancorp, Inc. are required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, the Federal Reserve Board, the Commissioner and the FDIC. The Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner conduct periodic examinations to assess the

23

Table of Contents

Company’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. Investors Bancorp, Inc. files certain reports with, and otherwise complies with, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws and the listing requirements of NASDAQ.
Any change in such laws and regulations, whether by the Commissioner, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on Investors Bank and Investors Bancorp, Inc. and their operations and stockholders.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) made extensive changes in the regulation of depository institutions and their holding companies. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have an impact on Investors Bank and Investors Bancorp, Inc. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau will assume responsibility for the implementation of the federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations that are identified in the Dodd-Frank Act that were previously assigned to prudential regulators, and will have authority to impose new requirements. Since Investors Bank has assets exceeding $10 billion, Investors Bank, will be examined for compliance with consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations by, and be subject to the enforcement authority of, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, instead of its prudential federal banking regulator, which has such authority over institutions with assets of less than $10 billion.
In addition to creating the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, directs changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance, mandates the imposition of tougher consolidated capital requirements on holding companies, requires originators of securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans, imposes regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repeals restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage originations. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates and/or require the issuance of implementing regulations. Their impact on operations cannot yet be fully assessed. However, there is significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in increased regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for Investors Bank and Investors Bancorp, Inc.
Some of the laws and regulations applicable to Investors Bank and Investors Bancorp, Inc. including some of the changes made by the Dodd-Frank Act, are summarized below or elsewhere in this Form 10-K. These summaries do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such the actual laws and regulations.
New Jersey Banking Regulation
Activity Powers. Investors Bank derives its lending, investment and other powers primarily from the applicable provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act and its related regulations. Under these laws and regulations, savings banks, including Investors Bank, generally may invest in:
real estate mortgages;
consumer and commercial loans;
specific types of debt securities, including certain corporate debt securities and obligations of federal, state and local governments and agencies;
certain types of corporate equity securities; and
certain other assets.
A savings bank may also invest pursuant to a “leeway” power that permits investments not otherwise permitted by the New Jersey Banking Act, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the FDIC. “Leeway” investments must comply with a number of limitations on the individual and aggregate amounts of “leeway” investments. A savings bank may also exercise trust powers upon approval of the Commissioner. New Jersey savings banks may exercise those powers, rights, benefits or privileges authorized for national banks or out-of-state banks or for federal or out-of-state savings banks or savings associations, provided that before exercising any such power, right, benefit or privilege, prior approval by the Commissioner by regulation or by specific authorization is required. The exercise of these lending, investment and activity powers are limited by federal law and the related regulations. See “Federal Banking Regulation — Activity Restrictions on State-Chartered Banks” below.
Loans-to-One-Borrower Limitations. With certain specified exceptions, a New Jersey-chartered savings bank may not make loans or extend credit to a single borrower or to entities related to the borrower in an aggregate amount that would exceed 15% of the bank’s capital funds. A savings bank may lend an additional 10% of the bank’s capital funds if secured by collateral meeting the requirements of the New Jersey Banking Act and § 5200 of the Revised Statutes (the National Bank Act). Investors Bank currently complies with applicable loans-to-one-borrower limitations.
Dividends. Under the New Jersey Banking Act, a stock savings bank may declare and pay a dividend on its capital stock only to the extent that the payment of the dividend would not impair the capital stock of the savings bank. In addition, a stock

24

Table of Contents

savings bank may not pay a dividend unless the savings bank would, after the payment of the dividend, have a surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or alternatively, the payment of the dividend would not reduce the surplus. Federal law may also limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by Investors Bank. See “— Federal Banking Regulation — Prompt Corrective Action” below.
Minimum Capital Requirements. Regulations of the Commissioner impose on New Jersey-chartered depository institutions, including Investors Bank, minimum capital requirements similar to those imposed by the FDIC on insured state banks. See “— Federal Banking Regulation — Capital Requirements” below.

Examination and Enforcement. The New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance may examine Investors Bank whenever it deems an examination advisable. The Department examines Investors Bank at least every two years. The Commissioner may order any savings bank to discontinue any violation of law or unsafe or unsound business practice, and may direct any director, officer, attorney or employee of a savings bank engaged in an objectionable activity, after the Commissioner has ordered the activity to be terminated, to show cause at a hearing before the Commissioner why such person should not be removed. The commission may also seek the appointment of receiver or conservator for a New Jersey saving bank under certain conditions.
Federal Banking Regulation
Capital Requirements. FDIC regulations require banks to maintain minimum levels of capital. The FDIC regulations define two tiers, or classes, of capital.
Tier 1 capital is comprised of the sum of:
common stockholders’ equity, excluding the unrealized appreciation or depreciation, net of tax, from available for sale securities;
non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, including any related retained earnings; and
minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries minus all intangible assets, other than qualifying servicing rights and any net unrealized loss on marketable equity securities.
The components of Tier 2 capital currently include:
cumulative perpetual preferred stock;
certain perpetual preferred stock for which the dividend rate may be reset periodically;
hybrid capital instruments, including mandatory convertible securities;
term subordinated debt;
intermediate term preferred stock;
allowance for loan losses; and
up to 45% of pretax net unrealized holding gains on available for sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values.
The allowance for loan losses includible in Tier 2 capital is limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets (as discussed below). Overall, the amount of Tier 2 capital that may be included in total capital cannot exceed 100% of Tier 1 capital. The FDIC regulations establish a minimum leverage capital requirement for banks in the strongest financial and managerial condition, with a rating of 1 (the highest examination rating of the FDIC for banks) under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System, of not less than a ratio of 3.0% of Tier 1 capital to total assets. For all other banks, the minimum leverage capital requirement is 4.0%, unless a higher leverage capital ratio is warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profile of the depository institution.
The FDIC regulations also require that banks meet a risk-based capital standard. The risk-based capital standard requires the maintenance of a ratio of total capital, which is defined as the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital, to risk-weighted assets of at least 8% and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4%. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, plus certain off balance sheet items, are multiplied by a risk-weight of 0% to 100%, based on the risks the FDIC believes are inherent in the type of asset or item.
The federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have also adopted regulations to require an assessment of an institution’s exposure to declines in the economic value of a bank’s capital due to changes in interest rates when assessing the bank’s capital adequacy. Under such a risk assessment, examiners evaluate a bank’s capital for interest rate risk on a case-by-case basis, with consideration of both quantitative and qualitative factors. Institutions with significant interest rate risk may be required to hold additional capital. According to the agencies, applicable considerations include:
the quality of the bank’s interest rate risk management process;
the overall financial condition of the bank; and
the level of other risks at the bank for which capital is needed.

25

Table of Contents

The following table shows Investors Bank’s Total capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, and Total risk-based capital ratios as of December 31, 2012:
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2012 (1)
 
 
Capital
 
Percent
of Assets
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Total risk-based capital
 
$
1,021,674

 
11.24
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital
 
$
907,654

 
9.98
%
Total capital
 
$
907,654

 
7.59
%
 
(1)
For purposes of calculating Total capital, assets are based on adjusted total average assets. In calculating Tier 1 risk-based capital and total risk-based capital, assets are based on total risk-weighted assets.
As of December 31, 2012, Investors Bank was considered “well capitalized” under FDIC guidelines.
On June 6, 2012, the FDIC and the other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a series of proposed rules that would revise their leverage and risk-based capital requirements and the method for calculating risk-weighted assets to make them consistent with agreements that were reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The proposed rules would apply to all depository institutions, top-tier bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $500 million or more and top-tier savings and loan holding companies. Among other things, the proposed rules would establish a new common equity Tier 1 minimum capital requirement (4.5% of risk-weighted assets) and a higher minimum Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets requirement (6% of risk-weighted assets) and assign higher risk weight (150%) to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on non-accrual status and certain commercial real estate facilities that finance the acquisition, development or construction of real property. The proposed rules would also require unrealized gains and losses on certain securities holdings to be included for purposes of calculating regulatory capital requirements. The proposed rules would limit a banking organization's capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of a specified amount of common equity Tier 1 capital in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The proposed rules indicated that the final rules would become effective on January 1, 2013, and the changes set forth in the final rules will be phased in from January 1, 2013 through January 1, 2019. However, the agencies subsequently indicated that, due to the volume of public comments received, the final rule has been delayed past January 1, 2013.
Activity Restrictions on State-Chartered Banks. Federal law and FDIC regulations generally limit the activities and investments of state-chartered FDIC insured banks and their subsidiaries to those permissible for national banks and their subsidiaries, unless such activities and investments are specifically exempted by law or consented to by the FDIC.
Before making a new investment or engaging in a new activity that is not permissible for a national bank or otherwise permissible under federal law or FDIC regulations, an insured bank must seek approval from the FDIC to make such investment or engage in such activity. The FDIC will not approve the activity unless the bank meets its minimum capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity does not present a significant risk to the FDIC insurance funds. Certain activities of subsidiaries that are engaged in activities permitted for national banks only through a “financial subsidiary” are subject to additional restrictions.
Federal law permits a state-chartered savings bank to engage, through financial subsidiaries, in any activity in which a national bank may engage through a financial subsidiary and on substantially the same terms and conditions. In general, the law permits a national bank that is well-capitalized and well-managed to conduct, through a financial subsidiary, any activity permitted for a financial holding company other than insurance underwriting, insurance investments or development or merchant banking. The total assets of all such financial subsidiaries may not exceed the lesser of 45% of the bank’s total assets or $50 billion. The bank must have policies and procedures to assess the financial subsidiary’s risk and protect the bank from such risk and potential liability, must not consolidate the financial subsidiary’s assets with the bank’s and must exclude from its own assets and equity all equity investments, including retained earnings, in the financial subsidiary. State-chartered savings banks may retain subsidiaries in existence as of March 11, 2000 and may engage in activities that are not authorized under federal law. Although Investors Bank meets all conditions necessary to establish and engage in permitted activities through financial subsidiaries, it has not chosen to engage in such activities.
The Dodd-Frank Act removed the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposit accounts, effective July 21, 2011.


26

Table of Contents

Federal Home Loan Bank System. Investors Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, which consists of twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks, each subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”). The Federal Home Loan Banks provide a central credit facility primarily for member thrift institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Banks make loans to members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures, including collateral requirements, established by the respective Boards of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Banks. These policies and procedures are subject to the regulation and oversight of the FHFA. All long-term advances are required to provide funds for residential home financing. The FHFA has also established standards of community or investment service that members must meet to maintain access to such long-term advances.
Investors Bank, as a member of the FHLB of New York is currently required to acquire and hold shares of FHLB Class B stock. The Class B stock has a par value of $100 per share and is redeemable upon five years notice, subject to certain conditions. The Class B stock has two subclasses, one for membership stock purchase requirements and the other for activity-based stock purchase requirements. The minimum stock investment requirement in the FHLB Class B stock is the sum of the membership stock purchase requirement, determined on an annual basis at the end of each calendar year, and the activity-based stock purchase requirement, determined on a daily basis. For Investors Bank, the membership stock purchase requirement is 0.2% of the Mortgage-Related Assets, as defined by the FHLB, which consists principally of residential mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities, including CMOs, held by Investors Bank. The activity-based stock purchase requirement for Investors Bank is equal to the sum of: (1) 4.5% of outstanding borrowing from the FHLB; (2) 4.5% of the outstanding principal balance of Acquired Member Assets, as defined by the FHLB, and delivery commitments for Acquired Member Assets; (3) a specified dollar amount related to certain off-balance sheet items, for which Investors Bank is zero; and (4) a specified percentage ranging from 0 to 5% of the carrying value on the FHLB balance sheet of derivative contracts between the FHLB and its members, which for Investors Bank is also zero. The FHLB can adjust the specified percentages and dollar amount from time to time within the ranges established by the FHLB capital plan. At December 31, 2012, the amount of FHLB stock held by us satisfies these requirements.
Safety and Soundness Standards. Pursuant to the requirements of FDICIA, as amended by the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, each federal banking agency, including the FDIC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to matters such as internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder.
In addition, the FDIC adopted regulations to require a savings bank that is given notice by the FDIC that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan to the FDIC. If, after being so notified, a savings bank fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the FDIC may issue an order directing corrective and other actions of the types to which a significantly undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of FDICIA. If a savings bank fails to comply with such an order, the FDIC may seek to enforce such an order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil monetary penalties.
Enforcement. The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured savings banks, including Investors Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist orders and to remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and to unsafe or unsound practices.

Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act also established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The FDIC, as well as the other federal banking regulators, adopted regulations governing the supervisory actions that may be taken against undercapitalized institutions. The regulations establish five categories, consisting of “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” The FDIC’s regulations define the five capital categories as follows:
An institution will be treated as “well capitalized” if:
its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 10%;
its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 6%; and
its ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is at least 5%, and it is not subject to any order or directive by the FDIC to meet a specific capital level.
An institution will be treated as “adequately capitalized” if:
its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 8%; or

27

Table of Contents

its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 4%; and
its ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is at least 4% (3% if the bank receives the highest rating under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System) and it is not a well-capitalized institution.
An institution will be treated as “undercapitalized” if:
its total risk-based capital is less than 8%; or
its Tier 1 risk-based-capital is less than 4%; and
its leverage ratio is less than 4%.
An institution will be treated as “significantly undercapitalized” if:
its total risk-based capital is less than 6%;
its Tier 1 capital is less than 3%; or
its leverage ratio is less than 3%.
An institution that has a tangible capital to total assets ratio equal to or less than 2% would be deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.”
The FDIC is required, with some exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state bank if that bank is “critically undercapitalized.” For this purpose, “critically undercapitalized” means having a ratio of tangible capital to total assets of less than 2%. The FDIC may also appoint a conservator or receiver for a state bank on the basis of the institution’s financial condition or upon the occurrence of certain events, including:
insolvency, or when a assets of the bank are less than its liabilities to depositors and others;
substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices;
existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business;
likelihood that the bank will be unable to meet the demands of its depositors or to pay its obligations in the normal course of business; and
insufficient capital, or the incurring or likely incurring of losses that will deplete substantially all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment of capital without federal assistance.

Investors Bank is in compliance with the Prompt Corrective Action rules.
The recently proposed rules that would increase regulatory capital standards would adjust the prompt corrective action categories accordingly.
Liquidity. Investors Bank maintains sufficient liquidity to ensure its safe and sound operation, in accordance with FDIC regulations.
Deposit Insurance. Investors Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC. Deposit accounts in the Bank are insured by the FDIC, up to a maximum of $250,000 for each separately insured depositor. FDIC imposes an assessment for deposit insurance against all insured depository institutions. Each institution's assessment is based on the perceived risk to the insurance fund of the institution, with institutions deemed riskiest paying higher assessments.
The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base assessments on average total assets less tangible capital, rather than deposits. The FDIC issued a final rule which implemented that directive effective April 1, 2011 and adjusted its assessment schedule so that it now ranges from 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points of average total assets less tangible capital. At the same time, the FDIC adopted a more comprehensive approach to evaluating, for assessment purposes, the risk presented by larger institutions such as Investors Bank. Small banks are assessed based on a risk classification determined by examination ratings, financial ratios and certain specified adjustments.  However, beginning in 2011, large institutions (i.e., $10 billion more in assets) became subject to assessment based upon a  more detailed scorecard approach involving  (i) a performance score determined using forward-looking risk measures, including certain stress testing, and (ii) a loss severity score, which is designed to measure, based on modeling, potential loss to the FDIC insurance fund if the institution failed.  The total score is converted to an assessment rate, subject to certain adjustments, with institutions deemed riskier paying higher assessments.  In October 2012, the FDIC issued a final rule, effective March 1, 2013, which clarifies and refines its large bank assessment formula.
On May 22, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that imposed a special five basis point assessment on each FDIC-insured depository institution’s assets, minus its Tier 1 capital on June 30, 2009, which was collected on September 30, 2009. That special assessment was deemed necessary in view of the stress on the Deposit Insurance Fund. The special assessment was capped at 10 basis points of an institution’s domestic deposits.
In lieu of further special assessments, the FDIC adopted a rule pursuant to which all insured depository institutions were required to prepay their estimated assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. Each institution’s

28

Table of Contents

base assessment rate for each period was calculated using its third quarter assessment base, adjusted quarterly for an estimated 5% annual growth rate in the assessment base through the end of 2012. The pre-payment has been recorded as a prepaid expense at December 31, 2009 and has been amortized to expense over three years.
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.
In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2012, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.66 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits maintained at an institution.

Transactions with Affiliates of Investors Bank. Transactions between an insured bank, such as Investors Bank, and any of its affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and implementing regulations. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. Generally, a subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository institution or financial subsidiary is not treated as an affiliate of the bank for purposes of Sections 23A and 23B.
Section 23A:
limits the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and retained earnings, and limits all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and retained earnings; and
requires that all such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices.
The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Further, most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100% to 130% of the loan amounts. In addition, any covered transaction by a bank with an affiliate and any purchase of assets or services by a bank from an affiliate must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.
Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements. Banks are subject to the prohibitions of 12 U.S.C. Section 1972 on certain tying arrangements. A depository institution is prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.
Interagency Guidance on Nontraditional Mortgage Product Risks. On October 4, 2006, the FDIC and other federal bank regulatory authorities published the Interagency Guidance on Nontraditional Mortgage Product Risks, or the Guidance. The Guidance describes sound practices for managing risk, as well as marketing, originating and servicing nontraditional mortgage products, which include, among other things, interest-only loans. The Guidance sets forth supervisory expectations with respect to loan terms and underwriting standards, portfolio and risk management practices and consumer protection. For example, the Guidance indicates that originating interest-only loans with reduced documentation is considered a layering of risk and that institutions are expected to demonstrate mitigating factors to support their underwriting decision and the borrower's repayment capacity. Specifically, the Guidance indicates that a lender may accept a borrower's statement as to the borrower's income without obtaining verification only if there are mitigating factors that clearly minimize the need for direct verification of repayment capacity and that, for many borrowers, institutions should be able to readily document income.
On June 29, 2007, the FDIC and other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final Statement on Subprime Mortgage Lending (the “Statement”) to address the growing concerns facing the sub-prime mortgage market, particularly with respect to rapidly rising sub-prime default rates that may indicate borrowers do not have the ability to repay adjustable-rate sub-prime loans originated by financial institutions. In particular, the agencies express concern in the Statement that current underwriting practices do not take into account that many subprime borrowers are not prepared for “payment shock” and that the current subprime lending practices compound risk for financial institutions. The Statement describes the prudent safety and soundness and consumer protection standards that financial institutions should follow to ensure borrowers obtain loans that they can afford to repay. These standards include a fully indexed, fully amortized qualification for borrowers and cautions on risk-layering features, including an expectation that stated income and reduced documentation should be accepted only if there are documented mitigating factors that clearly minimize the need for verification of a borrower's repayment capacity. Consumer protection standards include clear and balanced product disclosures to customers and limits on prepayment penalties that allow for a reasonable period of time,

29

Table of Contents

typically at least 60 days, for borrowers to refinance prior to the expiration of the initial fixed interest rate period without penalty. The Statement also reinforces the April 17, 2007 Interagency Statement on Working with Mortgage Borrowers, in which the federal bank regulatory agencies encouraged institutions to work constructively with residential borrowers who are financially unable or reasonably expected to be unable to meet their contractual payment obligations on their home loans.
We originate and purchase interest-only loans. We do not originate or purchase sub-prime loans, negative amortization loans or option ARM loans. At December 31, 2012, our residential mortgage loan portfolio included approximately $384.9 million of interest- only loans.
Privacy Standards. FDIC regulations require Investors Bank to disclose their privacy policy, including identifying with whom they share “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter.
Investors Bank is also required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having Investors Bank share their non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties before they can disclose such information, subject to certain exceptions.
In addition, in accordance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Investors must provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having Investors share their non-public personal information for marketing purposes with an affiliate or subsidiary before they can disclose such information.
The FDIC and other federal banking agencies adopted guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding customer information. The guidelines describe the agencies’ expectations for the creation, implementation and maintenance of an information security program, which would include administrative, technical and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and scope of its activities. The standards set forth in the guidelines are intended to insure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such records or information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer.
Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All FDIC insured institutions have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income individuals and neighborhoods. In connection with its examination of a state chartered savings bank, the FDIC is required to assess the institution’s record of compliance with the CRA. Among other things, the current CRA regulations rates an institution based on its actual performance in meeting community needs. In particular, the current evaluation system focuses on three tests:
a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas;
an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and/or census tracts and businesses; and
a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.
An institution’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities. Investors Bank received a “satisfactory” CRA rating in our most recent publicly-available federal evaluation, which was conducted by the FDIC in August 2011.
In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the FDIC, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.
Loans to a Bank’s Insiders
Federal Regulation. A bank’s loans to its insiders — executive officers, directors, principal shareholders (any owner of 10% or more of its stock) and any of certain entities affiliated with any such persons (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulations. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks, which is comparable to the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to Investors Bank. See “— New Jersey Banking Regulation — Loans-to-One Borrower Limitations.” All loans by a bank to all insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain loans secured by the officer’s residence, may not exceed the lesser of (1) $100,000 or (2) the greater of $25,000 or 2.5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Federal regulation also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related interest of that insider be approved in

30

Table of Contents

advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested directors not participating in the voting, if such loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider and the insider’s related interests, would exceed either (1) $500,000 or (2) the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus.
Generally, loans to insiders must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.
In addition, federal law prohibits extensions of credit to a bank’s insiders and their related interests by any other institution that has a correspondent banking relationship with the bank, unless such extension of credit is on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and does not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.
New Jersey Regulation. Provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act impose conditions and limitations on the liabilities to a savings bank of its directors and executive officers and of corporations and partnerships controlled by such persons that are comparable in many respects to the conditions and limitations imposed on the loans and extensions of credit to insiders and their related interests under federal law, as discussed above. The New Jersey Banking Act also provides that a savings bank that is in compliance with federal law is deemed to be in compliance with such provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act.
Federal Reserve System
The Federal Reserve Board regulations require all depository institutions to maintain reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). At December 31, 2012, Investors Bank was in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s reserve requirements. Savings banks, such as Investors Bank, are authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank “discount window.” Investors Bank is deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be generally sound and thus is eligible to obtain primary credit from its Federal Reserve Bank. Generally, primary credit is extended on a very short-term basis to meet the liquidity needs of an institution. Loans must be secured by acceptable collateral and carry a rate of interest of 100 basis points above the Federal Open Market Committee’s federal funds target rate.

Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification
Investors Bank is subject to FDIC regulations implementing the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act takes measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.
Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act and the related FDIC regulations impose the following requirements with respect to financial institutions:
Establishment of anti-money laundering programs.
Establishment of a program specifying procedures for obtaining identifying information from customers seeking to open new accounts, including verifying the identity of customers within a reasonable period of time.
Establishment of enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money-laundering.
Prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and compliance with record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks.
Bank regulators are directed to consider a holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.
The bank regulatory agencies have increased the regulatory scrutiny of the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering programs maintained by financial institutions. Significant penalties and fines, as well as other supervisory orders may be imposed on a financial institution for non-compliance with these requirements. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies must consider the effectiveness of financial institutions engaging in a merger transaction in combating money laundering activities. The Bank has adopted policies and procedures to comply with these requirements.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

31

Table of Contents

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 was enacted to address, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. Under Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. Rules promulgated under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act require that these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal controls; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors about our internal controls; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls. Investors Bancorp, Inc. was required to report under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act beginning with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2008. Investors Bancorp, Inc. has existing policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and is further enhancing and documenting such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

Holding Company Regulation
Federal Regulation. Bank holding companies, like Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Investors Bancorp, MHC, are subject to examination, regulation and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act, as administered by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies on a consolidated basis substantially similar to those of the FDIC for Investors Bank. As of December 31, 2012, Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s total capital and Tier 1 capital ratios exceeded these minimum capital requirements. See “Regulatory Capital Compliance.” The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. That will eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments from tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities, that are currently includable for bank holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act grandfathers instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 by mutual holding companies and all bank holding companies of less than $15 billion in assets. The previously referenced proposed rules on regulatory capital would implement the Dodd-Frank Act directive. However, the proposed rule does not mention the Dodd-Frank Act grandfather so it is uncertain whether it will be incorporated in any final rule.
Regulations of the Federal Reserve Board provide that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to any of its subsidiary banks and must not conduct its activities in an unsafe or unsound manner. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy and requires the issuance of implementing regulations. Under the prompt corrective action provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank would be directed to guarantee, within limitations, the capital restoration plan that is required of an undercapitalized bank. See “— Federal Banking Regulation — Prompt Corrective Action.” If an undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying any dividend or making any other form of capital distribution without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. In addition, Federal Reserve Board policy is that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company's net income for the past year is consistent with the company's capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.
As a bank holding company, Investors Bancorp, Inc. is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. Prior Federal Reserve Board approval is also required for Investors Bancorp, Inc. to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after giving effect to such acquisition, it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of such bank or bank holding company.
A bank holding company is required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, will be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. Such notice and approval is not required for a bank holding company that would be treated as “well capitalized” under applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, that has received a composite “1” or “2” rating, as well as a “satisfactory” rating for management, at its most recent bank holding company examination by the Federal Reserve Board, and that is not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.
In addition, a bank holding company that does not elect to be a financial holding company under federal regulations, is generally prohibited from engaging in, or acquiring direct or indirect control of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to

32

Table of Contents

banking or managing or controlling banks. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be closely related to banking are:
making or servicing loans;
performing certain data processing services;
providing discount brokerage services; or acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor;
leasing personal or real property;
making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and
acquiring a savings and loan association.
A bank holding company that elects to be a financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature or incident to activities which are financial in nature. Investors Bancorp, Inc. has not elected to be a financial holding company, although it may seek to do so in the future. A bank holding company may elect to become a financial holding company if:
each of its depository institution subsidiaries is “well capitalized”;
each of its depository institution subsidiaries is “well managed”;
each of its depository institution subsidiaries has at least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating at its most recent examination; and
the bank holding company has filed a certification with the Federal Reserve Board stating that it elects to become a financial holding company.
Under federal law, depository institutions are liable to the FDIC for losses suffered or anticipated by the FDIC in connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution, or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to such an institution in danger of default. This law would potentially be applicable to Investors Bancorp, Inc. if it ever acquired as a separate subsidiary a depository institution in addition to Investors Bank.
In connection with its approval of Investors Bank's 1997 reorganization into the mutual holding company structure, the Federal Reserve Board required Investors Bancorp, MHC to agree to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval before it waives dividends from Investors Bancorp. Federal Reserve Board policy generally prohibits mutual holding companies from waiving the receipt of dividends. In connection with the commencement of a quarterly cash dividend in September 2012, Investors Bancorp, MHC requested, but did not obtain, approval from the Federal Reserve Board to waive its receipt of cash dividends from Investors Bancorp. Accordingly, dividends by Investors Bancorp have been paid on all shares of its common stock, including shares owned by Investors Bancorp, MHC.
In connection with the 2005 stock offering, the Federal Reserve Board required Investors Bancorp, Inc. to agree to comply with certain regulations issued by the Office of Thrift Supervision that would apply if Investors Bancorp, Inc., Investors Bancorp, MHC and Investors Bank were Office of Thrift Supervision chartered entities, including regulations governing post-stock offering stock benefit plans and stock repurchases.
Conversion of Investors Bancorp, MHC to Stock Form. Investors Bancorp, MHC is permitted to convert from the mutual form of organization to the capital stock form of organization (a “Conversion Transaction”). There can be no assurance when a Conversion Transaction will occur. In a Conversion Transaction, Investors Bancorp, MHC's corporate existence would end, and certain depositors of Investors Bank would receive the right to subscribe for additional shares of the common stock of Investors Bancorp (in the alternative, a new holding company could be formed and depositors and the public would receive the right to purchase shares in the new holding company). In a Conversion Transaction, additional shares of Common Stock will be issued to stockholders other than Investors Bancorp, MHC (“Minority Stockholders”) through a stock split that would result in Minority Stockholders owning the same percentage of common stock after the issuance of new shares in the Conversion Transaction as they owned in Investors Bancorp immediately before the Conversion Transaction (in the alternative, the Conversion Transaction could involve a new holding company and an exchange of stock by Minority Stockholders), subject to any adjustment required by regulation or regulatory policy, including adjustments with respect to assets (other than shares of common stock of Investors Bancorp) held by Investors Bancorp, such as cash received from the prior payment dividends.
Since the 1997 mutual holding company reorganization and the 2005 initial public offering, additional shares of Investors Bancorp common stock have been issued to Investors Bancorp, MHC, in connection with the June 2008 acquisition of Summit Federal Savings Bank (1,744,592 shares) and the 2012 acquisition of BFSB (551,862 shares), which issuances increased Investors Bancorp, MHC's ownership interest in Investors Bancorp, Inc.
Any Conversion Transaction would require the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of Investors Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by Minority Stockholders and approval of a majority of the votes held by depositors of Investors Bank.
New Jersey Regulation. Under the New Jersey Banking Act, a company owning or controlling a savings bank is regulated as a bank holding company. The New Jersey Banking Act defines the terms “company” and “bank holding company” as such

33

Table of Contents

terms are defined under the BHCA. Each bank holding company controlling a New Jersey-chartered bank or savings bank must file certain reports with the Commissioner and is subject to examination by the Commissioner.
Acquisition of Investors Bancorp, Inc. Under federal law and under the New Jersey Banking Act, no person may acquire control of Investors Bancorp, Inc. or Investors Bank without first obtaining approval of such acquisition of control by the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner. See “Restrictions on the Acquisition of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Investors Bank.”
Federal Securities Laws. Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Investors Bancorp, Inc. is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Investors Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by persons who are affiliates (generally officers, directors and principal stockholders) of Investors Bancorp, Inc. may not be resold without registration or unless sold in accordance with certain resale restrictions. If Investors Bancorp, Inc. meets specified current public information requirements, each affiliate of Investors Bancorp, Inc. is able to sell in the public market, without registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.
TAXATION
Federal Taxation
General. The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The Company and its subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. The Company's federal tax returns are not currently under audit, nor have they been audited within the past five years. A review of an acquired entities carryback claim is currently being performed. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Investors Bancorp, Inc. or its subsidiaries.
Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, Investors Bancorp, Inc. currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its federal and state income tax returns.

Bad Debt Reserves. Historically, Investors Bank was subject to special provisions in the tax law regarding allowable bad debt tax deductions and related reserves. Tax law changes were enacted in 1996 pursuant to the Small Business Protection Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”), which eliminated the use of the percentage of taxable income method for tax years after 1995 and required recapture into taxable income over a six-year period of all bad debt reserves accumulated after 1987. Investors Bank has fully recaptured its post-1987 reserve balance. Currently, Investors Bank uses the specific charge off method to account for bad debt deductions for income tax purposes.
Taxable Distributions and Recapture. Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created prior to January 1, 1988 (pre-base year reserves) were subject to recapture into taxable income if Investors Bank failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests. As a result of the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves accumulated after 1987 are required to be recaptured into income over a six-year period. However, all pre-base year reserves are subject to recapture if Investors Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its stock, pays dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or ceases to maintain a bank charter. At December 31, 2012, our total federal pre-base year reserve was approximately $42.3 million.
Alternative Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences (“alternative minimum taxable income” or “AMTI”). The AMT is payable to the extent such AMTI is in excess of an exemption amount and the AMT exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of AMTI. Certain payments of AMT may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. Investors Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries have not been subject to the AMT and have no such amounts available as credits for carryover.
Net Operating Loss CarryOvers. A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had a $4.6 million carryback claim.
Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction. Investors Bancorp, Inc. may exclude from its federal taxable income 100% of dividends received from Investors Bank as a wholly owned subsidiary. The corporate dividends-received deduction is 80% when the dividend is received from a corporation having at least 20% of its stock owned by the recipient corporation. A 70% dividends-received deduction is available for dividends received from a corporation having less than 20% of its stock owned by the recipient corporation.

34

Table of Contents

State Taxation
New Jersey State Taxation. The Company and its subsidiaries file separate New Jersey corporate business tax returns on an unconsolidated basis. Generally, the income of savings institutions in New Jersey, which is calculated based on federal taxable income, subject to certain adjustments, is subject to New Jersey tax. The Company and its subsidiaries are not currently under audit with respect to their New Jersey income tax returns nor have they been audited within the past five years.
For tax years beginning after June 30, 2006, New Jersey savings banks, including Investors Bank, are subject to a 9% corporate business tax (“CBT”). For tax years beginning before June 30, 2006, New Jersey savings banks, including Investors Bank, paid the greater of a 9% CBT or an Alternative Minimum Assessment (“AMA”). As of July 1, 2007, there was no longer a New Jersey AMA. The AMA paid in prior years in excess of the CBT is creditable against the CBT in future years limited to an amount such that the tax is not reduced by more than 50% of the tax otherwise due and other statutory minimums. At December 31, 2011, the Company had fully utilized all of its AMA credits.
Investors Bancorp, Inc. is required to file a New Jersey income tax return and will generally be subject to a state income tax at a 9% rate. If Investors Bancorp, Inc. meets certain requirements, it may be eligible to elect to be taxed as a New Jersey Investment Company, which would allow it to be taxed at a rate of 3.6%. Investors Bancorp, Inc. currently meets the eligibility requirements and therefore elects to be taxed as a New Jersey Investment Company.
New Jersey tax law does not and has not allowed for a taxpayer to file a tax return on a combined or consolidated basis with another member of the affiliated group where there is common ownership. However, under recent tax legislation, if the taxpayer cannot demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the tax filing discloses the true earnings of the taxpayer on its business carried on in the State of New Jersey, the New Jersey Director of the Division of Taxation may, at the director’s discretion, require the taxpayer to file a consolidated return for the entire operations of the affiliated group or controlled group, including its own operations and income.
New York State Taxation. New York State imposes an annual franchise tax on banking corporations, based on the combined net income allocable to New York State at a rate of 7.1%. If, however, the application of an alternative minimum tax (based on taxable assets allocated to New York, “alternative” net income, or a flat minimum fee) results in a greater tax, an alternative minimum tax will be imposed. In addition, Investors Bank is subject to the metropolitan transportation business tax surcharge ("MTA surcharge") allocable to business activities carried on in the Metropolitan Commuter Transportation District. The MTA surcharge for banking corporations is 17% of a recomputed New York State franchise tax, calculated using a 9% tax rate on allocated entire net income. An audit of an acquired entity is currently being performed.
New York City Taxation. Investors Bank is also subject to the New York City combined tax for banking corporations calculated on a similar basis as the New York State franchise tax, subject to a New York City income and expense allocation. A significant portion of Investors Bank’s entire net income is derived from outside of the New York City jurisdiction which has the effect of significantly reducing the New York City taxable income of Investors Bank. An audit of an acquired entity is currently being performed.
Delaware State Taxation. As a Delaware holding company not earning income in Delaware, Investors Bancorp, Inc. is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file annual returns and pay annual fees and a franchise tax to the State of Delaware.



ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
The risks set forth below, in addition to the other risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition to the risks set forth below and the other risks described in this annual report, there may also be additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. As a result, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors set forth below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of us.
Our Liabilities Reprice Faster Than Our Assets and Future Increases in Interest Rates Will Reduce Our Profits.

35

Table of Contents

Our ability to make a profit largely depends on our net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between:
the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and
the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.
The interest income we earn on our assets and the interest expense we pay on our liabilities are generally fixed for a contractual period of time. Our liabilities generally have shorter contractual maturities than our assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility, because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on our assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on our liabilities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Management of Market Risk.”
In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A reduction in interest rates causes increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities as borrowers refinance their debt to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest the funds from faster prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Conversely, an increase in interest rates generally reduces prepayments. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and/or make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans.
Changes in interest rates also affect the current market value of our interest-earning securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2012, the fair value of our total securities portfolio was $1.58 billion. Unrealized net losses on securities-available-for-sale are reported as a separate component of equity. To the extent interest rates increase and the value of our available-for-sale portfolio decreases, our stockholders’ equity will be adversely affected.
We evaluate interest rate sensitivity using models that estimate the change in our net portfolio value over a range of interest rate scenarios. Net portfolio value is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. At December 31, 2012, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, whereby rates ramp up evenly over a twelve-month period, and assuming management took no action to mitigate the effect of such change, the model projects that we would experience an 6.6% or $25.6 million decrease in net interest income.
Because We Intend to Continue to Increase Our Commercial Originations, Our Lending Risk Will Increase.
At December 31, 2012, our portfolio of commercial real estate, multi-family, construction and C&I loans totaled $5.36 billion, or 51.4% of our total loans. We intend to increase our originations of commercial real estate, multi-family, construction and C&I loans, which generally have more risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. As the repayment of commercial real estate loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrower’s properties or related businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the local economy. We anticipate that several of our borrowers will have more than one commercial real estate loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan. Because we plan to continue to increase our originations of these loans, it may be necessary to increase the level of our allowance for loan losses because of the increased risk characteristics associated with these types of loans. Any such increase to our allowance for loan losses would adversely affect our earnings.
Changes in interest rates could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Our results of operations and financial condition are affected by changes in interest rates. The Company’s results of operations depend substantially on net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income earned on interest-earning assets and the interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Because the Company’s interest-earning assets generally reprice or mature more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, a decrease in interest rates generally could result in a decrease in the Company’s net interest income. We are also subject to reinvestment risk associated with changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates may affect the average life of loans and mortgage-related securities. Decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, the Company is subject to reinvestment risk to the extent that it is unable to reinvest the cash received from such prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates on existing loans and securities. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable rate loans.
Changes in interest rates also affect the value of our interest-earning assets, and in particular, its securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities fluctuates inversely with changes in interest rates. Unrealized losses on securities available for sale, net of tax, are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. As such, decreases in the fair value of securities available for sale resulting from increases in market interest rates, would have an adverse effect on shareholders’ equity.

36

Table of Contents

Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.
During the past four years it has been the policy of the Federal Reserve to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a result, market rates on the loans we have originated and the yields on securities we have purchased have been at lower levels than available prior to 2008. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities reprice or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which has been one factor contributing to the increase in our interest rate spread as interest rates decreased. However, our ability to lower our interest expense will be limited at these interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. The Federal Reserve Board has recently indicated its intention to maintain low interest rates until at least late 2014. Accordingly, our net interest income may be adversely affected and may decrease, which may have an adverse effect on our profitability.
If Our Allowance for Loan Losses is Not Sufficient to Cover Actual Loan Losses, Our Earnings Could Decrease.
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. Material additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income. Our allowance for loan losses of $142.2 million was 1.36% of total loans and 117.92% of non-performing loans at December 31, 2012.
In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. A material increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our Inability to Achieve Profitability on New Branches May Negatively Affect Our Earnings.
We have expanded our presence throughout our market area and we intend to pursue further expansion through de novo branching or the purchase of branches from other financial institutions. The profitability of our expansion strategy will depend on whether the income that we generate from the new branches will offset the increased expenses resulting from operating these branches. We expect that it may take a period of time before these branches can become profitable, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. During this period, the expense of operating these branches may negatively affect our net income.
Growing By Acquisition Entails Integration and Certain Other Risks.
The Company completed the acquisition of Brooklyn Federal Bancorp on January 6, 2012 and successfully integrated the systems during the first quarter of 2012. Marathon Banking Corporation was acquired on October 15, 2012 and the systems were successfully integrated in January 2013. In December 2012 the company announced entering into an agreement to acquire Roma Financial Corporation which is expected to close in the second quarter of 2013, subject to regulatory and shareholder approval. Failure to successfully integrate systems upon the completion of an acquisition could have a material impact on the operations of Investors Bank.
Future Acquisition Activity Could Dilute Book Value.
Both nationally and in New Jersey, the banking industry is undergoing consolidation marked by numerous mergers and acquisitions. From time to time we may be presented with opportunities to acquire institutions and/or bank branches and we may engage in discussions and negotiations. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and trading values, and therefore, may result in the dilution of Investors Bancorp’s book value per share.
We Operate in a Highly Regulated Environment and May be Adversely Affected by Changes in Laws and Regulations.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, our chartering authority, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as insurer of our deposits. As a bank holding company, Investors Bancorp, Inc. is subject to regulation and oversight by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a bank and its holding company may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the requirement for additional capital, the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, could have a material impact on Investors Bank, Investors Bancorp, Inc., and our operations.


37

Table of Contents

The potential exists for additional Federal or state laws and regulations regarding capital requirements, lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to remain active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the potential issuance of formal enforcement orders. Actions taken to date, as well as potential actions, may not have the beneficial effects that are intended. In addition, new laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes could increase our increase our costs of regulatory compliance and of doing business, and otherwise affect our operations. New laws, regulations, and other regulatory changes, along with negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets, may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability.

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, tightened capital standards and will continue to result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) is significantly changing the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years. However, it is expected that the legislation and implementing regulations may materially increase our operating and compliance costs.
The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets, such as Investors Bank. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk-based capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which will exclude certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities.
Effective July 21, 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts, which could result in an increase in our interest expense.
The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, rather than deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts had unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012. The legislation also increases the required minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund, from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits, and directs the FDIC to offset the effects of increased assessments on depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.
The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. It also provides that the listing standards of the national securities exchanges shall require listed companies to implement and disclose “clawback” policies mandating the recovery of incentive compensation paid to executive officers in connection with accounting restatements. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives.
The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and anticipated new capital rules are uncertain.

On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve Board issued proposed rules that would substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to us. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation subsequently issued these proposed rules on June 12, 2012. The proposed rules implement the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. Basel III was initially intended to be implemented beginning January 1, 2013, however on November 9, 2012, the U.S. federal

38

Table of Contents

banking agencies announced that the proposed rules would not become effective on January 1, 2013, and it is not clear when the proposed rules will become effective.

Various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act increase the capital requirements of financial institutions. The proposed rules include new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which would be phased in during 2013 and 2014, and would refine the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating these ratios. The proposed new minimum capital requirements would be: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The proposed rules would also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital ratios, and would result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement would be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations would establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions. While the proposed Basel III changes and other regulatory capital requirements will result in higher regulatory capital standards, it is difficult at this time to predict when or how any new standards will ultimately be applied. In addition, in the current economic and regulatory environment, bank regulators may impose capital requirements that are more stringent than those required by applicable existing regulations.
The application of more stringent capital requirements could, among other things, result in lower returns on equity, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital or additional capital conservation buffers, could result in management modifying our business strategy and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or buying back our shares.
The U.S. Economy Continues to Struggle. A Continuation or Further Deterioration Will Have An Adverse Effect On Our Operations.
Both nationally and in the State of New Jersey we are experiencing an environment which is having an impact on the prices of real estate and related assets. The residential and commercial real estate sectors have been adversely affected by weakening economic conditions and may negatively impact our loan portfolio. Total non-accrual loans decreased to $120.6 million at December 31, 2012 from $142.2 million at December 31, 2011, and total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets decreased to 1.14% at December 31, 2012 as compared to 1.48% at December 31, 2011. If loans that are currently non-performing further deteriorate or loans that are currently performing become non-performing loans, we may need to increase our allowance for loan losses, which would have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, the impact of the continued economic downturn could negatively impact the carrying values of our securities portfolio. Continued economic weakness could result additional other-than-temporary impairment which would have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

The Standard & Poor’s downgrade in the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating, and in the credit ratings of instruments issued, insured or guaranteed by certain related institutions, agencies and instrumentalities, could result in risks to the Company and general economic conditions that we are not able to predict.
On August 5, 2011, Standard & Poor’s downgraded the United States long-term debt rating from its AAA rating to AA+. On August 8, 2011, Standard & Poor’s downgraded the credit ratings of certain long-term debt instruments issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and other U.S. government agencies linked to long-term U.S. debt. Instruments of this nature are key assets on the balance sheets of financial institutions, including the Bank. These downgrades could adversely affect the market value of such instruments, and could adversely impact our ability to obtain funding that is collateralized by affected instruments, as well as affecting the pricing of that funding when it is available. We cannot predict if, when or how these changes to the credit ratings will affect economic conditions. These ratings downgrades could result in a significant adverse impact to the Company, and could exacerbate the other risks to which the Company is subject.
Strong Competition Within Our Market Area May Limit Our Growth and Profitability.
Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with numerous commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance

39

Table of Contents

companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have, have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by some of our competitors may limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets. For additional information see “Business of Investors Bank — Competition.”
Any Future FDIC Insurance Premiums Will Adversely Impact Our Earnings.

As a “large institution” within the meaning of FDIC regulations (i.e., greater than $10 billion in assets), Investors Bank's deposit insurance premium is determined differently than smaller banks.  Small banks are assessed based on a risk classification determined by examination ratings, financial ratios and certain specified adjustments.  However, beginning in 2011, large institutions became subject to assessment based upon a  more detailed scorecard approach involving  (i) a performance score determined using forward-looking risk measures, including certain stress testing, and (ii) a loss severity score, which is designed to measure, based on modeling, potential loss to the FDIC insurance fund if the institution failed. The total score is converted to an assessment rate, subject to certain adjustments, with institutions deemed riskier paying higher assessments.   In October 2012, the FDIC issued a final rule, effective Marcy 1, 2013, which clarifies and refines its large bank assessment formula.  Since the large institution assessment procedure is still relatively known, the long term effect on Investors Bank's deposit insurance assessment is not yet known.
In 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also issued a final rule pursuant to which all insured depository institutions were required to prepay on December 30, 2009 their estimated assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The assessment rate for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for 2010 was based on each institution’s total base assessment rate for the third quarter of 2009, modified to assume that the assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009 had been in effect for the entire third quarter, and the assessment rate for 2011 and 2012 would be equal to the modified third quarter assessment rate plus an additional three basis points. In addition, each institution’s base assessment rate for each period was calculated using its third quarter assessment base, adjusted quarterly for an estimated 5% annual growth rate in the assessment base through the end of 2012. We made a payment of $35.9 million to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on December 30, 2009, and recorded the payment as a prepaid expense. At December 31, 2012, we had a remaining $8.7 million of prepaid expense.
We may Eliminate Dividends on Our Common Stock.
On September 28, 2012, we declared our first quarterly cash dividend and followed it up on January 31, 2013 with our second quarterly cash dividend. Although we have begun paying quarterly cash dividends to our stockholders, stockholders are not entitled to receive dividends. Downturns in domestic and global economies and other factors could cause our board of directors to consider, among other things, the elimination of or reduction in cash dividends paid on our common stock. Moreover, we are required to pay the dividend to Investors Bancorp, MHC, rather than waive the dividend, which could also impact any board determination as to whether and in what amount a dividend will be paid.
Investors Bancorp, MHC Exercises Voting Control Over Investors Bancorp; Public Stockholders Own a Minority Interest.
Investors Bancorp, MHC owns a majority of Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock and, through its Board of Directors, exercises voting control over the outcome of all matters put to a vote of stockholders (including the election of directors), except for matters that require a vote greater than a majority. Public stockholders own a minority of the outstanding shares of Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. The same directors and officers who manage Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Investors Bank also manage Investors Bancorp, MHC. In addition, regulatory restrictions applicable to Investors Bancorp, MHC prohibit the sale of Investors Bancorp, Inc. to another publicly traded company unless the mutual holding company first undertakes a second-step conversion.

Risks associated with system failures, interruptions, or breaches of security could negatively affect our earnings.

Information technology systems are critical to our business. We use various technology systems to manage our customer relationships, general ledger, securities investments, deposits, and loans. We have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of system failures, interruptions, and security breaches, but such events may still occur or may not be adequately addressed if they do occur. In addition, any compromise of our systems could deter customers from using our products and services. Although we rely on security systems to provide security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.


40

Table of Contents

In addition, we outsource a majority of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If these third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely affected. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.
The occurrence of any system failures, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business thereby subjecting us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Severe Weather, Acts of Terrorism and Other External Events Could Impact Our Ability to Conduct Business.

Recent weather-related events have adversely impacted our market area, especially areas located near coastal waters and flood prone areas. Such events that may cause significant flooding and other storm-related damage may become more common events in the future. Financial institutions have been, and continue to be, targets of terrorist threats aimed at compromising operating and communication systems and the metropolitan New York area and Northern New Jersey remain central targets for potential acts of terrorism. Such events could cause significant damage, impact the stability of our facilities and result in additional expenses, impair the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans, reduce the value of collateral securing repayment of our loans, and result in the loss of revenue. While we have established and regularly test disaster recovery procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.

ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
 


ITEM 2.
PROPERTIES
At December 31, 2012, the Company and the Bank conducted business from its corporate headquarters in Short Hills, New Jersey, and 101 full-service branch offices located in the New Jersey counties of Bergen, Burlington, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Union and Warren Counties.  Within the last two years, we have expanded our branch locations to include the New York communities of Nassau, Queens, Kings, Richmond, New York and Suffolk counties. In addition, the Company has a commercial real estate loan production office in Manhattan, New York and an operation center in Iselin, New Jersey.

ITEM 3.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the resolution of these legal actions is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
 

ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.


Part II

ITEM 5.
MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our shares of common stock are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ISBC”. The approximate number of holders of record of Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock as of February 20, 2013 was approximately 10,000. Certain shares of Investors Bancorp, Inc. are held in “nominee” or “street” name and accordingly, the number of beneficial

41

Table of Contents

owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number. The following table presents quarterly market information for Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock for the periods indicated. The following information was provided by the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
 
 
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2012
 
Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 
 
High
 
Low
 
High
 
Low
First Quarter
 
$
15.50

 
$
13.61

 
$
14.91

 
$
13.07

Second Quarter
 
15.44

 
14.42

 
15.07

 
13.74

Third Quarter
 
18.28

 
15.04

 
14.63

 
12.22

Fourth Quarter
 
18.71

 
15.84

 
14.39

 
12.11

Investors Bancorp, Inc. declared its first quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share on September 28, 2012, which was paid on November 1, 2012 to stockholders of record as of October 15, 2012. On January 31, 2013, the Company declared its second cash dividend of $0.05 per share to stockholders of record as of February 11, 2013, which was paid on February 25, 2013. There were no dividends paid during the year ended December 31, 2011.
So long as Investors Bancorp, MHC is regulated by the Federal Reserve Board, if Investors Bancorp, Inc. pays dividends to its stockholders, it also will be required to pay dividends to Investors Bancorp, MHC, unless Investors Bancorp, MHC is permitted by the Federal Reserve Board to waive the receipt of dividends. The Federal Reserve Board’s current position is to not permit a bank holding company to waive dividends declared by its subsidiary.
In the future, dividends from Investors Bancorp, Inc. may depend, in part, upon the receipt of dividends from Investors Bank, because Investors Bancorp, Inc. has no source of income other than earnings from the investment of net proceeds retained from the sale of shares of common stock, investment income, and interest earned on it's loan to the employee stock ownership plan. Under New Jersey law, Investors Bank may not pay a cash dividend unless, after the payment of such dividend, its capital stock will not be impaired and either it will have a statutory surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or the payment of such dividend will not reduce its statutory surplus.
Stock Performance Graph
Set forth below is a stock performance graph comparing (a) the cumulative total return on the Company’s Common Stock for the period beginning December 31,2008 through December 31, 2012, (b) the cumulative total return of publicly traded thrifts over such period, and, (c) the cumulative total return of all publicly traded banks and thrifts over such period. Cumulative return assumes the reinvestment of dividends, and is expressed in dollars based on an assumed investment of $100.

42

Table of Contents

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Index
12/31/2007

 
12/31/2008

 
12/31/2009

 
12/31/2010

 
12/31/2011

 
12/31/2012

Investors Bancorp, Inc.
100.00

 
94.98

 
77.37

 
92.79

 
95.33

 
126.08

SNL U.S. Bank and Thrift
100.00

 
57.51

 
56.74

 
63.34

 
49.25

 
66.14

SNL U.S. Thrift
100.00

 
63.64

 
59.35

 
62.01

 
52.17

 
63.45

Source: SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA
The following table reports information regarding repurchases of our common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 and the stock repurchase plans approved by our Board of Directors.
 
Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(1)
 
Average
Price paid
Per Share
 
As part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
 
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans
or Programs
October 1, 2012 through October 31, 2012

 
$

 

 
2,194,239

November 1, 2012 through November 30, 2012

 

 

 
2,194,239

December 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012
5,979

 
16.29

 
5,979

 
2,188,260

Total
5,979

 
 
 
5,979

 
 
 
(1)
On March 1, 2011, the Company announced its fourth Share Repurchase Program, which authorized the purchase of an additional 10% of its publicly-held outstanding shares of common stock, or 3,876,523 million shares. This stock

43

Table of Contents

repurchase program commenced upon the completion of the third program on July 25, 2011. This program has no expiration date and has 2,188,260 shares yet to be purchased as of December 31, 2012.

Equity Compensation Plan Information
The information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report under the heading “Equity Compensation Plan Information” is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 6.
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following information is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of Investors Bancorp, Inc. For additional information, reference is made to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
 

At December 31,
 
At June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2009
 
(In thousands)
Selected Financial Condition Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
12,722,574

 
$
10,701,585

 
$
9,602,131

 
$
8,357,816

 
$
8,136,432

Loans receivable, net
10,306,786

 
8,794,211

 
7,917,705

 
6,615,459

 
6,143,169

Loans held-for-sale
28,233

 
18,847

 
35,054

 
27,043

 
61,691

Securities held to maturity, net
179,922

 
287,671

 
478,536

 
717,441

 
846,043

Securities available for sale, at estimated fair value
1,385,328

 
983,715

 
602,733

 
471,243

 
355,016

Bank owned life insurance
113,941

 
112,990

 
117,039

 
114,542

 
113,191

Deposits
8,768,857

 
7,362,003

 
6,774,930

 
5,840,643

 
5,505,747

Borrowed funds
2,705,652

 
2,255,486

 
1,826,514

 
1,600,542

 
1,730,555

Stockholders’ equity
1,066,817

 
967,440

 
901,279

 
850,213

 
819,283

 

44

Table of Contents

 
Year Ended December 31,
 
Six Months Ended
December 31,
 
Year Ended June 30,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2009
 
2009(1)
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Selected Operating Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest and dividend income
$
496,189

 
$
473,572

 
$
428,703

 
$
384,385

 
$
198,272

 
$
368,060

Interest expense
123,444

 
144,488

 
159,293

 
192,096

 
90,471

 
201,924

Net interest income
372,745

 
329,084

 
269,410

 
192,289

 
107,801

 
166,136

Provision for loan losses
65,000

 
75,500

 
66,500

 
39,450

 
23,425

 
29,025

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
307,745

 
253,584

 
202,910

 
152,839

 
84,376

 
137,111

Non-interest income (loss)
44,112

 
29,170

 
26,525

 
14,835

 
9,007

 
(148,430
)
Non-interest expenses
207,007

 
157,587

 
130,813

 
109,118

 
56,500

 
97,799

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
144,850

 
125,167

 
98,622

 
58,556

 
36,883

 
(109,118
)
Income tax expense (benefit)
56,083

 
46,281

 
36,603

 
23,444

 
14,321

 
(44,200
)
Net income (loss)
$
88,767

 
$
78,886

 
$
62,019

 
$
35,112

 
$
22,562

 
$
(64,918
)
Earnings (loss) per share — basic
$
0.83

 
$
0.73

 
$
0.57

 
$
0.33

 
$
0.21

 
$
(0.62
)
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted
$
0.82

 
$
0.73

 
$
0.56

 
$
0.33

 
$
0.21

 
$
(0.62
)
 
(1)
June 30, 2009 year end results reflect a $158.0 million pre-tax OTTI charge related to investments in trust preferred securities.

45

Table of Contents

 
 
At or for the Year Ended
December 31,
 
At or for the
Six Months
Ended
December 31,
 
At or for the Year
Ended June 30,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2009
 
2009
 
2008
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return (loss) on assets (ratio of net income or loss to average total assets)
 
0.77
%
 
0.78
%
 
0.70
%
 
0.45
%
 
0.55
%
 
(0.90
)%
 
0.27
%
Return (loss) on equity (ratio of net income or loss to average equity)
 
8.68
%
 
8.43
%
 
6.95
%
 
4.40
%
 
5.46
%
 
(8.14
)%
 
1.92
%
Net interest rate spread(1)
 
3.26
%
 
3.22
%
 
2.97
%
 
2.28
%
 
2.49
%
 
2.06
 %
 
1.28
%
Net interest margin(2)
 
3.40
%
 
3.39
%
 
3.17
%
 
2.53
%
 
2.72
%
 
2.38
 %
 
1.81
%
Efficiency ratio(3)
 
49.66
%
 
43.68
%
 
44.20
%
 
52.68
%
 
48.37
%
 
552.35
 %
 
71.81
%
Efficiency ratio - Adjusted (4)
 
46.47
%
 
43.68
%
 
44.20
%
 
50.60
%
 
48.33
%
 
54.39
 %
 
71.55
%
Non-interest expenses to average total assets
 
1.81
%
 
1.54
%
 
1.47
%
 
1.38
%
 
1.37
%
 
1.35
 %
 
1.35
%
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
 
1.13X

 
1.11x

 
1.10x

 
1.10x

 
1.10x

 
1.11x

 
1.15x

Asset Quality Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-performing assets to total assets
 
1.14
%
 
1.48
%
 
1.74
%
 
1.44
%
 
1.44
%
 
1.50
 %
 
0.30
%
Non-accrual loans to total loans
 
1.16
%
 
1.60
%
 
2.08
%
 
1.81
%
 
1.81
%
 
1.97
 %
 
0.42
%
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
 
117.92
%
 
76.79
%
 
54.81
%
 
45.80
%
 
45.80
%
 
38.30
 %
 
70.03
%
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
 
1.36
%
 
1.32
%
 
1.14
%
 
0.83
%
 
0.83
%
 
0.76
 %
 
0.29
%
Capital Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)(5)
 
11.24
%
 
12.91
%
 
13.75
%
 
15.78
%
 
15.78
%
 
16.88
 %
 
21.77
%
Tier I risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)(5)
 
9.98
%
 
11.65
%
 
12.50
%
 
14.70
%
 
14.70
%
 
15.86
 %
 
21.37
%
Total capital (to average assets)(5)
 
7.59
%
 
8.21
%
 
8.56
%
 
9.03
%
 
9.03
%
 
9.52
 %
 
11.93
%
Equity to total assets
 
8.39
%
 
9.04
%
 
9.39
%
 
10.17
%
 
10.17
%
 
10.07
 %
 
12.91
%
Average equity to average assets
 
8.92
%
 
9.26
%
 
10.02
%
 
10.11
%
 
9.99
%
 
11.05
 %
 
13.94
%
Book value per common share
 
$
9.81

 
$
8.98

 
$
8.23

 
$
7.67

 
$
7.67

 
$
7.38

 
$
7.87

Other Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Number of full service offices
 
101

 
81

 
82

 
65

 
65

 
58

 
52

Full time equivalent employees
 
1,193

 
959

 
869

 
704

 
704

 
647

 
537

 
(1)
The net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted- average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(2)
The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
(3)
The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.

46

Table of Contents

(4)
Excludes pre tax acquisition charges related to Marathon and BFSB of $13.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, OTTI of $1.4 million and $91,000 for the year and six months ended December 31, 2009, respectively, and $158.5 million and $409,000 for the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Also excludes FDIC special assessment of $3.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and June 30, 2009.
(5)
Ratios are for Investors Bank and do not include capital retained at the holding company level.


ITEM 7.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Investors Bancorp's fundamental business strategy is to be a well capitalized, full service, community bank which provides high quality customer service and competitively priced products and services to individuals and businesses in the communities we serve.
Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which is directly impacted by the market interest rate environment. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, primarily mortgage loans and investment securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, primarily interest-bearing transaction accounts, time deposits and borrowed funds. Net interest income is affected by the shape of the market yield curve, the timing of the placement and the re-pricing of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities on our balance sheet, and the prepayment rate on our mortgage-related assets.
The Company's net interest spread and net interest margin remained fairly stable during the year ended December 31, 2012 as interest rates remained at low levels which decreased the yields on interest earning assets however the Company was able to offset this with lower funding costs. Net interest margin expanded to 3.40% for the year ended 2012 compared to 3.39% for the year ended 2011 while our net interest rate spread expanded to 3.26% for the year ended 2012 compared to 3.22 % for the year ended 2011.
The Company's results of operations are also significantly affected by general economic conditions. The national and regional unemployment rates remain at elevated levels. This factor coupled with the weakness in the housing and real estate markets have resulted in the Company recognizing elevated credit costs on the loan portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2012. In addition, in late October 2012, our lending area was significantly impacted by superstorm Sandy. The Company continues work with our borrowers affected by the storm and has recorded loan loss provisions for potential losses which may result from this storm. Despite these conditions our overall level of non-performing loans remains low compared to our national and regional peers. We attribute this to our conservative underwriting standards as well as our diligence in resolving our troubled loans.
We continue to actively look for opportunities to enhance shareholder value. During 2012, we successfully completed two bank acquisitions which increased our market presence in New York and complements our New York City loan production office. In January 2012, we acquired Brooklyn Federal Bancorp, Inc. with $385.9 million in deposits and which added 5 full service branches located in Brooklyn and Long Island. In October 2012, we completed the acquisition of Marathon Banking Corporation with approximately $786.7 million in assets, net of cash paid, $777.5 million in deposits, and 13 full service branches in the New York Metropolitan area. In addition to the acquisitions we completed in 2012, on December 21, 2012, the Company announced the signing of a definitive merger agreement to acquire Roma Financial Corporation, a federally chartered mutual holding company with approximately $1.84 billion in assets, $1.49 billion in deposits and twenty six full-service branches in Burlington, Ocean, Mercer Camden, and Middlesex counties, New Jersey. This proposed acquisition will enhance our market area in New Jersey and result in Investors having the largest New Jersey deposit share of all banks headquartered in the state.
Our loan production of commercial loans, mainly multi-family and commercial real estate loans, from our New York City loan production office and our New Jersey lending teams, continued to be strong during the year. This along with the acquisition of Marathon Banking Corporation increased our commercial loans to $5.36 billion at December 31, 2012 from $3.62 billion at December 31, 2011, an increase of 26.5%. In order to continue to diversify our loan portfolio, our intention is to increase Commercial and Industrial lending.
One of our primary objectives has been to increase deposits, particularly core deposits. During the year ended December 31, 2012, total deposits increased by $1.41 billion, or 19.1% to 8.77 billion. Core deposits (checking, money market and saving accounts) increased 44.3%, or $1.78 billion, while certificates of deposits decreased $375.9 million, or 11.3%. This change in deposit mix resulted in an increased core deposit to total deposit ratio of 66.2%. At December 31, 2012, our borrowed funds totaled $2.71 billion or 21.3% of assets.

47

Table of Contents

We believe, with our strong capital and liquidity position we can continue to grow organically or through bank or branch acquisitions that are not dilutive to tangible stockholders' equity.

Critical Accounting Policies
We consider accounting policies that require management to exercise significant judgment or discretion or to make significant assumptions that have, or could have, a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or on income, to be critical accounting policies. We consider the following to be our critical accounting policies.
Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses that is charged against income. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we make significant estimates and, therefore, have identified the allowance as a critical accounting policy. The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for loan losses.
The allowance for loan losses has been determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, under which we are required to maintain an allowance for probable losses at the balance sheet date. We are responsible for the timely and periodic determination of the amount of the allowance required. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover specifically identifiable losses, as well as estimated losses inherent in our portfolio for which certain losses are probable but not specifically identifiable.
Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The analysis of the allowance for loan losses has two components: specific and general allocations. Specific allocations are made for loans determined to be impaired. A loan is deemed to be impaired if it is a commercial real estate, multi-family or construction loan with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million and on non-accrual status, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring, and other commercial real estate loans with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million if management has specific information of a collateral shortfall. Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses. The general allocation is determined by segregating the remaining loans, including those loans not meeting the Company's definition of an impaired loan, by type of loan, risk weighting (if applicable) and payment history. We also analyze historical loss experience, delinquency trends, general economic conditions, geographic concentrations, and industry and peer comparisons. This analysis establishes factors that are applied to the loan groups to determine the amount of the general allocations. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance for loan losses we have established which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.
Purchased Credit-Impaired ("PCI") loans, are loans acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality. PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30 and are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance (i.e., the allowance for loan losses). The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the initial carrying amount (fair value) of the PCI loans, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of the loans. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment, as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. Reclassifications of the non-accretable difference to the accretable yield may occur subsequent to the loan acquisition dates due to increases in expected cash flows of the loans and result in an increase in yield on a prospective basis.
On a quarterly basis, management's Allowance for Loan Loss Committee reviews the current status of various loan assets in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. In this evaluation process, specific loans are analyzed to determine their potential risk of loss. This process includes all loans, concentrating on non-accrual and classified loans. Each non-accrual or classified loan is evaluated for potential loss exposure. Any shortfall results in a recommendation of a specific allowance if the likelihood of loss is evaluated as probable. To determine the adequacy of collateral on a particular loan, an estimate of the fair market value of the collateral is based on the most current appraised value available. This appraised value is then reduced to reflect estimated liquidation expenses.
The results of this quarterly process are summarized along with recommendations and presented to Executive and Senior Management for their review. Based on these recommendations, loan loss allowances are approved by Executive and Senior Management. All supporting documentation with regard to the evaluation process, loan loss experience, allowance levels and the schedules of classified loans are maintained by the Lending Administration Department. A summary of loan loss allowances is presented to the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

48

Table of Contents

Our primary lending emphasis has been the origination of commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans and the origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans. We also originate commercial and industrial loans, construction loans, business lending, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. These activities resulted in a loan concentration in residential mortgages, as well as a concentration of loans secured by real property located in New Jersey and New York. As a substantial amount of our loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, appraisals of the underlying value of property securing loans are critical in determining the amount of the allowance required for specific loans. Assumptions for appraisal valuations are instrumental in determining the value of properties. Overly optimistic assumptions or negative changes to assumptions could significantly impact the valuation of a property securing a loan and the related allowance determined. The assumptions supporting such appraisals are carefully reviewed by management to determine that the resulting values reasonably reflect amounts realizable on the related loans.
For commercial real estate, construction and multi-family loans, the Company obtains an appraisal for all collateral dependent loans upon origination and an updated appraisal in the event interest or principal payments are 90 days delinquent or when the timely collection of such income is considered doubtful. This is done in order to determine the specific reserve needed upon initial recognition of a collateral dependent loan as non-accrual and/or impaired. In subsequent reporting periods, as part of the allowance for loan loss process, the Company reviews each collateral dependent commercial real estate loan previously classified as non-accrual and/or impaired and assesses whether there has been an adverse change in the collateral value supporting the loan. The Company utilizes information from its commercial lending officers and its loan workout department's knowledge of changes in real estate conditions in our lending area to identify if possible deterioration of collateral value has occurred. Based on the severity of the changes in market conditions, management determines if an updated appraisal is warranted or if downward adjustments to the previous appraisal are warranted. If it is determined that the deterioration of the collateral value is significant enough to warrant ordering a new appraisal, an estimate of the downward adjustments to the existing appraised value is used in assessing if additional specific reserves are necessary until the updated appraisal is received.
For homogeneous residential mortgage loans, the Company's policy is to obtain an appraisal upon the origination of the loan and an updated appraisal in the event a loan becomes 90 days delinquent. Thereafter, the appraisal is updated every two years if the loan remains in non-performing status and the foreclosure process has not been completed. Management adjusts the appraised value of residential loans to reflect estimated selling costs and estimated declines in the real estate market, taking into consideration the estimated length of time to complete the foreclosure process.
In determining the allowance for loan losses, management believes the potential for outdated appraisals has been mitigated for impaired loans and other non-performing loans. As described above, the loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan's carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral. Loans are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collectability of the full principal balance is in doubt. Based on the composition of our loan portfolio, we believe the primary risks are increases in interest rates, a continued decline in the general economy, and a further decline in real estate market values in New Jersey, New York and surrounding states. Any one or combination of these events may adversely affect our loan portfolio resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of loan loss provisions. We consider it important to maintain the ratio of our allowance for loan losses to total loans at an adequate level given current economic conditions, interest rates, and the composition of the portfolio.
Our allowance for loan losses reflects probable losses considering, among other things, the continued adverse economic conditions, the actual growth and change in composition of our loan portfolio, the level of our non-performing loans and our charge-off experience. We believe the allowance for loan losses reflects the inherent credit risk in our portfolio.
Although we believe we have established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels, additions may be necessary if the current economic environment continues or deteriorates. Management uses the best information available; however, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
Deferred Income Taxes. The Company records income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” as amended, using the asset and liability method. Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities: (i) are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns; (ii) are attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases; and (iii) are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years when those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Where applicable, deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance for any portions determined not likely to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period of enactment. The valuation allowance is adjusted, by a charge or credit to income tax expense, as changes in facts and circumstances warrant.

49

Table of Contents

Asset Impairment Judgments. Certain of our assets are carried on our consolidated balance sheets at cost, fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. Valuation allowances or write-downs are established when necessary to recognize impairment of such assets. We periodically perform analyses to test for impairment of such assets. In addition to the impairment analyses related to our loans discussed above, another significant impairment analysis is the determination of whether there has been an other-than-temporary decline in the value of one or more of our securities.
Our available-for-sale portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in stockholders' equity. While the Company does not intend to sell these securities, and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell these securities before their anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis, the Company has the ability to sell the securities. Our held-to-maturity portfolio, consisting primarily of mortgage backed securities and other debt securities for which we have a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, is carried at amortized cost. We conduct a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its cost or amortized cost, and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes various inputs to determine the fair value of the portfolio. To the extent they exist, unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets (level 1) or quoted prices on similar assets (level 2) are utilized to determine the fair value of each investment in the portfolio. In the absence of quoted prices and in an illiquid market, valuation techniques, which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (level 3), are used to determine fair value of the investment. Valuation techniques are based on various assumptions, including, but not limited to cash flows, discount rates, rate of return, adjustments for nonperformance and liquidity, and liquidation values. Management is required to use a significant degree of judgment when the valuation of investments includes unobservable inputs. The use of different assumptions could have a positive or negative effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
The fair values of our securities portfolio are also affected by changes in interest rates. When significant changes in interest rates occur, we evaluate our intent and ability to hold the security to maturity or for a sufficient time to recover our recorded investment balance.
If a determination is made that a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company will estimate the amount of the unrealized loss that is attributable to credit and all other non-credit related factors. The credit related component will be recognized as an other-than-temporary impairment charge in non-interest income as a component of gain (loss) on securities, net. The non-credit related component will be recorded as an adjustment to accumulate other comprehensive income, net of tax.
Goodwill Impairment. Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. For purposes of our goodwill impairment testing, we have identified a single reporting unit.
In connection with our annual impairment assessment we applied the guidance in FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our qualitative assessment concluded that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and, therefore, the two-step goodwill impairment test was not required.
Valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR). The initial asset recognized for originated MSR is measured at fair value. The fair value of MSR is estimated by reference to current market values of similar loans sold with servicing released. MSR are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. We apply the amortization method for measurements of our MSR. MSR are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. MSR impairment, if any, is recognized in a valuation allowance through charges to earnings as a component of fees and service charges. Subsequent increases in the fair value of impaired MSR are recognized only up to the amount of the previously recognized valuation allowance.
We assess impairment of our MSR based on the estimated fair value of those rights with any impairment recognized through a valuation allowance. The estimated fair value of the MSR is obtained through independent third party valuations through an analysis of future cash flows, incorporating estimates of assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value including market discount rates, prepayment speeds, servicing income, servicing costs, default rates and other market driven data, including the market's perception of future interest rate movements. The allowance is then adjusted in subsequent periods to reflect changes in the measurement of impairment. All assumptions are reviewed for reasonableness on a quarterly basis to ensure they reflect current and anticipated market conditions.
The fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. Changes in prepayment speed assumptions generally have the most significant impact on the fair value of our MSR. Generally, as interest rates decline, mortgage loan prepayments accelerate due to increased refinance activity, which results in a decrease in the fair value of MSR. As interest rates rise, mortgage loan prepayments slow down, which results in an increase in the fair value of MSR. Thus, any measurement of the fair value of

50

Table of Contents

our MSR is limited by the conditions existing and the assumptions utilized as of a particular point in time, and those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied at a different point in time.
Core Deposit Premiums. Core deposit premiums represent the intangible value of depositor relationships assumed in purchase acquisitions and are amortized on an accelerated basis over 10 years. The Company periodically evaluates the value of core deposit premiums to ensure the carrying amount exceeds it's implied fair value.
Stock-Based Compensation. We recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of those awards in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation-Stock Compensation”.
We estimate the per share fair value of option grants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using assumptions for the expected dividend yield, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected option term. These assumptions are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. The Black-Scholes option pricing model also contains certain inherent limitations when applied to options that are not traded on public markets.
The per share fair value of options is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. In general, the per share fair value of options will move in the same direction as changes in the expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected option term, and in the opposite direction as changes in the expected dividend yield. For example, the per share fair value of options will generally increase as expected stock price volatility increases, risk-free interest rate increases, expected option term increases and expected dividend yield decreases. The use of different assumptions or different option pricing models could result in materially different per share fair values of options.
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011
Total Assets. Total assets increased by $2.02 billion, or 18.9%, to $12.72 billion at December 31, 2012 from $10.70 billion at December 31, 2011. This increase was largely the result of net loans, including loans held for sale, increasing $1.52 billion to $10.34 billion at December 31, 2012 from $8.81 billion at December 31, 2011 and a $401.6 million increase in available for sale securities to $1.39 billion at December 31, 2012 from $983.7 million at December 31, 2011.
Net Loans. Net loans, including loans held for sale, increased by $1.52 billion, or 17.3%, to $10.34 billion at December 31, 2012 from $8.81 billion at December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we originated $1.29 billion in multi-family loans, $458.8 million in commercial real estate loans, $139.8 million in commercial and industrial loans, $69.8 million in consumer and other loans and $32.2 million in construction loans. This increase in loans reflects our continued focus on generating multi-family and commercial real estate loans, which was partially offset by pay downs and payoffs of loans. The loans we originate and purchase are on properties located primarily in New Jersey and New York. The net loans acquired from Marathon Bank and Brooklyn Federal were approximately $558.5 million and $177.5 million, respectively.
We originate residential mortgage loans through our mortgage subsidiary, Investors Home Mortgage Co. For the year ended December 31, 2012, Investors Home Mortgage Co. originated $1.51 billion in residential mortgage loans of which $811.2 million were for sale to third party investors and $694.0 million were added to our portfolio. We also purchased mortgage loans from correspondent entities including other banks and mortgage bankers. Our agreements with these correspondent entities require them to originate loans that adhere to our underwriting standards. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we purchased loans totaling $638.8 million from these entities. In addition, we acquired $177.5 million in loans from Brooklyn Federal and subsequently sold $49.4 million of commercial real estate loans and an additional $37.9 million of commercial real estate loans on a pass through basis to a third party.
At December 31, 2012, total loans were $10.44 billion and included $4.84 billion in residential loans, $3.00 billion in multi-family loans, $1.97 billion in commercial real estate loans, $224.8 million in construction loans, $238.9 million in consumer and other loans and $169.3 million in commercial and industrial loans.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, our provision for loan losses was $65.0 million compared to $75.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2012, net charge-offs were $40.1 million compared to $49.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our provision for the year ended December 31, 2012 is a result of continued growth in the loan portfolio, specifically the multi-family and commercial real estate portfolios; the inherent credit risk in our overall portfolio, particularly the credit risk associated with commercial real estate lending; the level of non-performing loans and delinquent loans caused by the adverse economic and real estate conditions in our lending area; and the impact of superstorm Sandy.

51

Table of Contents


Our past due loans and non-accrual loans discussed below exclude PCI loans, primarily consisting of loans recorded in the acquisition of Marathon. Under U.S. GAAP, the PCI loans (acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality) are not subject to delinquency classification in the same manner as loans originated by Investors.  The following table sets forth non-accrual loans and accruing past due loans (excluding PCI loans) on the dates indicated as well as certain asset quality ratios.
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
September 30, 2012
 
June 30, 2012
 
March 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
# of Loans
Amount
 
# of Loans
Amount
 
# of Loans
Amount
 
# of Loans
Amount
 
# of Loans
Amount
 
(Dollars in millions)
Residential and consumer
354

$
82.5

 
335
$
81.2

 
328

$
81.7

 
328

$
86.1

 
321

$
85.0

Construction
9

25.8

 
9
26.6

 
15

51.4

 
16

57.2

 
15

57.1

Multi-family
5

11.1

 
6
12.0

 
6

13.3

 
4

6.2

 


Commercial
4

0.8

 
1
0.8

 
1

1.2

 
2

0.4

 
1

0.1

Commercial and industrial
2

0.4

 
1
0.1

 
2

0.8

 
0


 


Total non-accrual loans
374

$
120.6

 
352
$
120.7

 
352

$
148.4

 
350

$
149.9

 
337

$
142.2

Accruing troubled debt restructured loans
22

$
15.8

 
18
$
14.8

 
17

$
8.90

 
15

$
8.40

 
15

$
10.5

Non-accrual loans to total loans
 
1.16
%
 
 
1.28
%
 
 
1.60
%
 
 
1.64
%
 
 
1.60
%
Allowance for loan loss as a percent of non-performing loans
 
117.92
%
 
 
108.79
%
 
 
86.58
%
 
 
82.53
%
 
 
76.79
%
Allowance for loan loss as a percent of total loans
 
1.36
%
 
 
1.39
%
 
 
1.38
%
 
 
1.35
%
 
 
1.32
%
Total non-accrual loans decreased $21.6 million to $120.6 million at December 31, 2012 compared to $142.2 million at December 31, 2011 as we continue to diligently resolve our troubled loans. Excluding the loans acquired from Marathon Bank, our allowance for loan loss as a percent of total loans is 1.44%. At December 31, 2012, there were $27.7 million of loans deemed trouble debt restructuring, of which $15.8 million were accruing and $11.9 million were on non-accrual.
In addition to non-performing loans, we continue to monitor our portfolio for potential problem loans. Potential problem loans are defined as loans about which we have concerns as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may cause the loan to be placed on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2012, the Company has 4 multi-family loans totaling $4.1 million, 10 commercial real estate loans totaling $19.5 million and 5 commercial and industrial loans totaling $3.3 million that it deems potential problems loans. Management is actively monitoring these loans.
In late October 2012, the Company's primary market area was adversely impacted by superstorm Sandy. The storm disrupted operations for many businesses in the area and caused substantial property damage in our lending area. In response to the storm, the Company waived late fees and provided payment deferrals to borrowers impacted by the storm.
Through January 31, 2013, the Company has received requests from 45 residential loan borrowers for a payment deferment. The total outstanding principal balance of this pool of loans is $20.7 million with an average loan size is $460,000 and a weighted average loan-to-value ratio of 53% based on appraised values at the time of origination or a more recent valuation, if available. All the properties were in a flood zone and the Bank requires borrowers maintain flood insurance. The Bank continues to stay in contact with these residential borrowers to monitor their ability to continue to remit their monthly payments.
The Bank has also contacted most of its commercial loan borrowers in the affected area. Through January 31, 2013, eight commercial real estate borrowers with a combined total outstanding loan balance of $17.9 million have reported losses from the storm. At December 31, 2012, two of these loans totaling $1.7 million were current; four of these loans totaling $13.8 million were 30 days delinquent and two loans totaling $2.3 million were 60 days delinquent.

52

Table of Contents

Although the number of borrowers that have reached out to the Company for financial assistance has been limited, the highest impacted areas along the coastline include 493 residential mortgage loans totaling approximately $275 million in principal outstanding with a loan-to-value of 67%. This represents approximately 6% of our residential mortgage portfolio.
The Company has evaluated the impact of the storm relative to the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. Based on the Company's evaluation, there were no loan charge-offs or specific losses identified to date. However, the ultimate amount of loan losses relating to the storm is uncertain and difficult to predict as information continues to be gathered. Due to the heightened risk associated with the population of loans identified above, the Company provided credit reserves of $5.5 million for possible credit losses related to the storm as of December 31, 2012.
The allowance for loan losses increased by $24.9 million to $142.2 million at December 31, 2012 from $117.2 million at December 31, 2011. The increase in our allowance for loan losses is due to the increased inherent credit risk in our overall portfolio, particularly the credit risk associated with commercial real estate lending; and delinquent loans caused by the adverse economic conditions in our lending area and the continued growth in the multi-family and commercial real estate loan portfolios. Future increases in the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on the growth and composition of the loan portfolio, the level of loan delinquency and the impact of the deterioration of the real estate and economic environments in our lending area.
Securities. Securities, in the aggregate, increased by $293.9 million, or 23.1%, to $1.57 billion at December 31, 2012, from $1.27 billion at December 31, 2011. The increase in the portfolio was primarily due to the purchase of $760.7 million of agency issued mortgage backed securities partially offset by sales, normal pay downs or maturities during the year ended December 31, 2012.
Other Assets, Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank, Bank Owned Life Insurance. The amount of stock we own in the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) increased by $33.7 million from $116.8 million at December 31, 2011 to $150.5 million at December 31, 2012 as a result of an increase in our level of borrowings.
Deposits. Deposits increased by $1.41 billion, or 19.1%, to $8.77 billion at December 31, 2012 from $7.36 billion at December 31, 2011. This was attributed to an increase in core deposits of $1.78 billion or 44.3%, partially offset by a $375.9 million decrease in certificates of deposit. The majority of the increase is related to acquisitions during the year in which Marathon Bank contributed $777.5 million while Brooklyn Federal contributed $385.9 million of deposits in total.
Borrowed Funds. Borrowed funds increased $450.2 million, or 20.0%, to $2.71 billion at December 31, 2012 from $2.26 billion at December 31, 2011 due to the funding of our asset growth.
Stockholders’ Equity. Stockholders' equity increased $99.4 million to $1.07 billion at December 31, 2012 from $967.4 million at December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily attributed to the $88.8 million of net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 and $7.6 million as a result of the acquisition of Brooklyn Federal. In addition, stockholder's equity was positively impacted by other comprehensive income of $3.5 million and $1.4 million in ESOP and stock based compensation expenses. This was partially offset by the declaration of a cash dividend of $0.05 per common share that resulted in a decrease of $5.6 million in stockholders' equity.
Analysis of Net Interest Income
Net interest income represents the difference between income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the expense we pay on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends on the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned on such assets and paid on such liabilities.

Average Balances and Yields. The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect thereof was not material. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.


53

Table of Contents

 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 
Interest
Earned/
Paid
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 
Interest
Earned/
Paid
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Outstanding
Balance
 
Interest
Earned/
Paid
 
Average
Yield/
Rate
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits
 
$
96,945

 
$
40

 
0.04
%
 
$
70,079

 
$
37

 
0.05
%
 
$
132,365

 
$
238

 
0.18
%
Securities available-for-sale(1)
 
1,250,391

 
22,521

 
1.80

 
692,664

 
15,431

 
2.23

 
497,094

 
12,430

 
2.50

Securities held-to-maturity
 
221,524

 
12,852

 
5.80

 
369,553

 
19,447

 
5.26

 
604,238

 
28,600

 
4.73

Net loans
 
9,271,550

 
455,221

 
4.91

 
8,461,031

 
434,377

 
5.13

 
7,197,608

 
383,531

 
5.33

Stock in FHLB
 
124,385

 
5,555

 
4.47

 
101,764

 
4,280

 
4.21

 
76,368

 
3,904

 
5.11

Total interest-earning assets
 
10,964,795

 
496,189

 
4.53

 
9,695,091

 
473,572

 
4.88

 
8,507,673

 
428,703

 
5.04

Non-interest-earning assets
 
493,278

 
 
 
 
 
411,009

 
 
 
 
 
397,436

 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
11,458,073

 
 
 
 
 
$
10,106,100

 
 
 
 
 
$
8,905,109

 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings deposits
 
$
1,535,636

 
$
7,859

 
0.51
%
 
$
1,230,093

 
$
9,713

 
0.79
%
 
$
944,894

 
13,958

 
1.48
%
Interest-bearing checking
 
1,467,583

 
6,586

 
0.45

 
1,075,694

 
5,999

 
0.56

 
908,567

 
6,406

 
0.71

Money market accounts
 
1,342,366

 
7,937

 
0.59

 
929,291

 
7,275

 
0.78

 
748,707

 
7,299

 
0.97

Certificates of deposit
 
3,155,041

 
41,200

 
1.31

 
3,393,105

 
56,902

 
1.68

 
3,321,671

 
63,148

 
1.90

Total interest-bearing deposits
 
7,500,626

 
63,582

 
0.85

 
6,628,183

 
79,889

 
1.21

 
5,923,839

 
90,811

 
1.53

Borrowed funds
 
2,224,126

 
59,862

 
2.69

 
2,075,598

 
64,599

 
3.11

 
1,780,205

 
68,482

 
3.85

Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
9,724,752

 
123,444

 
1.27

 
8,703,781

 
144,488

 
1.66

 
7,704,044

 
159,293

 
2.07

Non-interest-bearing liabilities
 
710,894

 
 
 
 
 
466,876

 
 
 
 
 
308,785

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
10,435,646

 
 
 
 
 
9,170,657

 
 
 
 
 
8,012,829

 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
1,022,427

 
 
 
 
 
935,452

 
 
 
 
 
892,280

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
11,458,073

 
 
 
 
 
$
10,106,109

 
 
 
 
 
$
8,905,109

 
 
 
 
Net interest income
 
 
 
$
372,745

 
 
 
 
 
$
329,084

 
 
 
 
 
$
269,410

 
 
Net interest rate spread(2)
 
 
 
 
 
3.26
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.22
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.97
%
Net interest-earning assets(3)
 
$
1,240,043

 
 
 
 
 
$
991,319

 
 
 
 
 
$
803,629

 
 
 
 
Net interest margin(4)
 
 
 
 
 
3.40
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.39
%
 
 
 
 
 
3.17
%
Ratio of interest-earning assets to total interest-bearing liabilities
 
1.13x

 
 
 
 
 
1.11x

 
 
 
 
 
1.10x

 
 
 
 
(1)
Securities available-for-sale are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for unamortized purchased premiums and discounts.
(2)
Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(3)
Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)
Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

54

Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
2012 vs. 2011
 
Years Ended December 31,
2011 vs. 2010
 
 
Increase (Decrease)
Due to
 
Net
Increase
(Decrease)
 
Increase (Decrease)
Due to
 
Net
Increase
(Decrease)
 
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Interest — earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits
 
$
10

 
(7
)
 
3

 
(80
)
 
(121
)
 
(201
)
Securities available-for-sale
 
9,776

 
(2,686
)
 
7,090

 
3,641

 
(640
)
 
3,001

Securities held-to-maturity
 
(5,697
)
 
(898
)
 
(6,595
)
 
(9,621
)
 
468

 
(9,153
)
Net loans
 
47,874

 
(27,030
)
 
20,844

 
72,395

 
(21,549
)
 
50,846

Stock in FHLB
 
997

 
278

 
1,275

 
1,148

 
(772
)
 
376

Total interest-earning assets
 
52,960

 
(30,343
)
 
22,617

 
67,483

 
(22,614
)
 
44,869

Interest — bearing liabilities :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Savings deposits
 
2,061

 
(3,915
)
 
(1,854
)
 
3,442

 
(7,687
)
 
(4,245
)
Interest-bearing checking
 
1,908

 
(1,321
)
 
587

 
1,063

 
(1,470
)
 
(407
)
Money market accounts
 
2,725

 
(2,063
)
 
662

 
1,570

 
(1,594
)
 
(24
)
Certificates of deposit
 
(3,780
)
 
(11,922
)
 
(15,702
)
 
1,333

 
(7,579
)
 
(6,246
)
Total deposits
 
2,914

 
(19,221
)
 
(16,307
)
 
7,408

 
(18,330
)
 
(10,922
)
Borrowed funds
 
1,563

 
(6,300
)
 
(4,737
)
 
5,825

 
(9,708
)
 
(3,883
)
Total interest-bearing liabilities
 
4,477

 
(25,521
)
 
(21,044
)
 
13,233

 
(28,038
)
 
(14,805
)
Increase in net interest income
 
$
48,483

 
(4,822
)
 
43,661

 
54,250

 
5,424

 
59,674

Comparison of Operating Results for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011
Net Income. The net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $88.8 million compared to $78.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased by $43.7 million, or 13.3%, to $372.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $329.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to the average balance of interest earning assets increasing $1.27 billion to $10.96 billion at December 31, 2012 compared to $9.70 billion at December 31, 2011, as well as a 39 basis point decrease in our cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 1.27% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 1.66% for the year ended December 31, 2011. These were partially offset by the average balance of our interest bearing liabilities increasing $1.02 billion to $9.72 billion at December 31, 2012 compared to $8.70 billion at December 31, 2011, as well as the yield on our interest-earning assets decreasing 35 basis points to 4.53% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 4.88% for the year ended December 31, 2011. While the yield on our interest earning assets declined due to the lower interest rate environment, our cost of funds also continued to fall resulting in our net interest margin increasing by one basis point to 3.40% for the year ended December 31, 2012. from 3.39% for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Interest and Dividend Income Total interest and dividend income increased by $22.6 million or 4.8%, to $496.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $473.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase is attributed to the average balance of interest-earning assets increasing $1.27 billion, or 13.1%, to $10.96 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $9.70 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011. This was partially offset by the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets decreasing 35 basis points to 4.53% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 4.88% for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Interest income on loans increased by $20.8 million, or 4.8% to $455.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $434.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, reflecting a $810.5 million, or 9.6%, increase in the average balance

55

Table of Contents

of net loans to $9.27 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $8.46 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily attributed to the average balance of multi-family loans and commercial real estate loans increasing $693.3 million and $236.7 million, respectively as we continue to focus on diversifying our loan portfolio by adding more multi-family loans and commercial real estate loans. In addition, we recorded $8.8 million in loan prepayment fees in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This was offset by the decrease in the average balance of construction and residential loans of $72.2 million and $63.1 million respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2012 and a 22 basis point decrease in the average yield on net loans to 4.91% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 5.13% for the year ended December 31, 2011, as lower rates on new and refinanced loans reflect the current interest rate environment.

Interest income on all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans, increased by $1.8 million, or 4.5%, to $41.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $39.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase reflected a $459.1 million increase in the average balance of all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans, to $1.69 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $1.23 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011. This was offset by the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, excluding loans, decreasing by 76 basis points to 2.42% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 3.18% for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflecting the current interest rate environment.
Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased by $21.0 million or 14.5%, to $123.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $144.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease is attributed to the weighted average cost of total interest-bearing liabilities decreasing 39 basis points to 1.27% for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to 1.66% for the year ended December 31, 2011. This was partially offset by the average balance of total interest-bearing liabilities increasing by $1.02 billion, or 11.7%, to $9.72 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $8.70 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011.
    
Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased $16.3 million or 20.4% to $63.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $79.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease is attributed to a 36 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 0.85% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 1.21% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as deposit rates reflect the lower interest rate environment. This was partially offset by the average balance of total interest-bearing deposits increasing $872.4 million, or 13.2% to $7.50 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $6.63 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011. Core deposit accounts- savings, checking and money market outpaced average total interest-bearing deposit growth as average core deposits increased $1.11 billion.

Interest expense on borrowed funds decreased by $4.7 million, or 7.3% to $59.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $64.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease is attributed to the average cost of borrowed funds decreasing 42 basis points to 2.69% for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 3.11% for the year ended December 31, 2011 as maturing borrowings repriced to lower interest rates. This was partially offset by the average balance of borrowed funds increasing by $148.5 million or 7.2%, to $2.22 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $2.08 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Provision for Loan Losses. Our provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2012 was $65.0 million compared to $75.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Net charge-offs totaled $40.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to $49.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our provision for the year ended December 31, 2012 is a result of continued growth in the loan portfolio, specifically the multi-family and commercial real estate portfolios; the inherent credit risk in our overall portfolio, particularly the credit risk associated with commercial real estate lending; the level of non-performing loans and delinquent loans caused by the adverse economic and real estate conditions in our lending area; and the impact of superstorm Sandy.
Non-Interest Income. Total non-interest income increased by $14.9 million, or 51.1% to $44.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase is primarily attributed to the gain on the sale of loans increasing $11.1 million to $20.9 million. In addition, fees and service charges relating primarily to the servicing of third party loan portfolios as well as fees from commercial deposit and loan accounts increased $2.1 million to $16.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, offset by a $977,000 impairment charge of mortgage servicing rights. Other non- interest income increased by $1.6 million primarily from the fees associated with the sale of non-deposit investment products.
Non-Interest Expenses. Total non-interest expenses increased by $49.4 million, or 31.4%, to $207.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $157.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase included $13.3 million acquisition related expenses. Compensation and fringe benefits increased $23.5 million primarily as a result of the staff additions to support our continued growth, including employees from the acquisitions of Marathon Bank and Brooklyn Federal, as well as normal merit increases and $6.4 million in acquisition related expenses. Occupancy expense increased $6.8 million due to our increased branch network and operations center as well as a one-time charge of $3.0 million for the early termination of certain

56

Table of Contents

leased facilities and the costs associated with expanding our branch network. Professional fees increased $4.2 million which included $2.9 million of acquisition related expenses. Data processing expenses increased $7.6 million primarily due to increased volume of accounts and $4.0 million in acquisition related expenses.
Income Tax Expense Income tax expense was $56.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, representing a 38.72% effective tax rate compared to income tax expense of $46.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 representing a 36.98% effective tax rate. The increase in the effective tax rate is partially attributed to the non-deductible acquisition related expenses.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
Net Income. The net income for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $78.9 million compared to $62.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased by $59.7 million, or 22.1%, to $329.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $269.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase was primarily due to the average balance of interest earning assets increasing $1.19 billion to $9.70 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $8.51 billion at December 31, 2010, as well as a 41 basis point decrease in our cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 1.66% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 2.07% for the year ended December 31, 2010. These were partially offset by, the average balance of our interest earning liabilities increasing $999.7 million to $8.70 billion at December 31, 2011 compared to $7.70 billion at December 31, 2010, as well as the yield on our interest-earning assets decreasing 16 basis points to 4.88% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 5.04% for the year ended December 31, 2010. While the yield on our interest earning assets declined due to the lower interest rate environment, our cost of funds also continues to fall. This reduction in our cost of funds has had a positive impact on our net interest margin which improved by 22 basis points from 3.17% for the year ended December 31, 2010 to 3.39% for the year ended December 31, 2011.
Interest and Dividend Income Total interest and dividend income increased by $44.9 million, or 10.5%, to $473.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $428.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase is attributed to the average balance of interest-earning assets increasing $1.19 billion, or 14.0%, to $9.70 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $8.51 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010. This was partially offset by the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets decreasing 16 basis points to 4.88% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 5.04% for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Interest income on loans increased by $50.8 million, or 13.3%, to $434.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $383.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, reflecting a $1.26 billion, or 17.6%, increase in the average balance of net loans to $8.46 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $7.20 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is primarily attributed to the average balance of multi-family loans and commercial real estate loans increasing $675.1 million and $426.7 million, respectively. This activity is consistent with our strategy to diversify our loan portfolio by adding more multi-family loans and commercial real estate loans. In addition, we recorded $2.6 million in loan prepayment penalties as interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The growth in the loan portfolio was partially offset by a 20 basis point decrease in the average yield on loans to 5.13% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 5.33% for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Interest income on all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans, decreased by $6.0 million, or 13.2%, to $39.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $45.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This decrease reflected a $76.0 million decrease in the average balance of all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans, to $1.23 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $1.31 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010. In addition, the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, excluding loans, decreased by 27 basis points to 3.18% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 3.45% for the year ended December 31, 2010 reflecting the lower interest rate environment.
Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased by $14.8 million, or 9.3%, to $144.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $159.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This decrease is attributed to the weighted average cost of total interest-bearing liabilities decreasing 41 basis points to 1.66% for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 2.07% for the year ended December 31, 2010. This was partially offset by the average balance of total interest-bearing liabilities increasing by $999.7 million, or 13.0%, to $8.70 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $7.70 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased $10.9 million, or 12.0% to $79.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $90.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This decrease is attributed to a 32 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 1.21% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 1.53% for the year ended December 31, 2010 as deposit rates reflect this lower interest rate environment. This was partially offset by the average balance of total interest-bearing deposits increasing $704.3 million, or 11.9% to $6.63 billion for the year ended December 31,

57

Table of Contents

2011 from $5.92 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010. The growth of core deposit accounts- savings, checking and money market, represented 89.9%, or $632.9 million of the increase in the average balance of total interest-bearing deposits.
Interest expense on borrowed funds decreased by $3.9 million, or 5.7%, to $64.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $68.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This decrease is attributed to the average cost of borrowed funds decreasing 41 basis points to 1.66% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 2.07% for the year ended December 31, 2010 as maturing borrowings repriced at lower interest rates. This was partially offset by the average balance of borrowed funds increasing by $295.4 million or 16.6%, to $2.08 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $1.78 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Provision for Loan Losses. Our provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $75.5 million compared to $66.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Net charge-offs totaled $49.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 The increase in our provision is due to continued growth in the loan portfolio, specifically the multi-family and commercial real estate portfolios; the increased inherent credit risk in our overall portfolio, particularly the credit risk associated with commercial real estate lending; and the level of non-performing loans and delinquent loans caused by the adverse economic conditions in our lending area.
Non-Interest Income. Total non-interest income increased by $2.6 million, or 10.0% to $29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is attributed to a $5.7 million increase in fees and service charges to $14.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. These fees are primarily from the servicing of third party loan portfolios as well as fees from commercial deposit and loan accounts. Income on bank owned life insurance also increased by $642,000. These increases were partially offset by a $3.0 million reduction in gain on the sales of loans, $656,000 in impairment charges on loan servicing rights, as well as $346,000 in net losses on the sale of $58.7 million of mortgage backed securities. In addition, other non-interest income decreased $256,000 to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 which is due to the $1.8 million decrease in a bargain purchase gain, partially offset by an increase of $1.3 million from fees associated with the sale of non deposit investment products.
Non-Interest Expenses. Total non-interest expenses increased by $26.8 million, or 20.4%, to $157.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $130.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Compensation and fringe benefits increased $12.7 million as a result of staff additions to support our continued growth, as well as normal merit increases. Occupancy expense increased $7.2 million as a result of the costs associated with expanding and enhancing our branch network, and increased costs due to the improvements. Data processing expenses increased $2.0 million primarily due to the growth in the number of accounts and branches. Advertising and promotion expenses increased $780,000 primarily as a result of expenses related to the branding of Investors Bank. In addition, other non-interest expense increased $4.0 million as a result of the amortization of deposit premiums increasing $527,000, as well as a $335,000 increase in training related costs. These increases were partially offset by a $1.4 million decrease in our FDIC insurance premium due to the implementation of FDIC assessment regulations finalized in July 2011.
Income Tax Expense Income tax expense was $46.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, representing a 36.98% effective tax rate compared to income tax expense of $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 representing a 37.11% effective tax rate.
Management of Market Risk
Qualitative Analysis. We believe one significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk results from timing differences in the maturity or re-pricing of our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts (i.e., loan commitments); the effect of loan prepayments, deposits and withdrawals; the difference in the behavior of lending and funding rates arising from the uses of different indices; and “yield curve risk” arising from changing interest rate relationships across the spectrum of maturities for constant or variable credit risk investments. Besides directly affecting our net interest income, changes in market interest rates can also affect the amount of new loan originations, the ability of borrowers to repay variable rate loans, the volume of loan prepayments and refinancings, the carrying value of securities classified as available for sale and the mix and flow of deposits.
The general objective of our interest rate risk management is to determine the appropriate level of risk given our business model and then manage that risk in a manner consistent with our policy to reduce, to the extent possible, the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Our Asset Liability Committee, which primarily consists of senior management, evaluates the interest rate risk inherent in certain assets and liabilities, our operating environment and capital and liquidity requirements and modifies our lending, investing and deposit gathering strategies accordingly. On a quarterly basis, our Board of Directors reviews the Asset Liability Committee report, the aforementioned activities and strategies, the estimated effect of those strategies on our net interest margin and the estimated effect that changes in market interest rates may have on the economic value of our loan and securities portfolios, as well as the intrinsic value of our deposits and borrowings.

58

Table of Contents

We actively evaluate interest rate risk in connection with our lending, investing and deposit activities. Historically, our lending activities have emphasized one- to four-family fixed- and variable- rate first mortgages. At December 31, 2012, approximately 37.8% of our residential portfolio was in variable rate products, while 62.2% was in fixed rate products. Our variable-rate mortgage related assets have helped to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and is expected to benefit our long-term profitability, as the rate earned in the mortgage loans will increase as prevailing market rates increase. However, the current interest rate environment, and the preferences of our customers, has resulted in more of a demand for fixed-rate products. This may adversely impact our net interest income, particularly in a rising rate environment. To help manage our interest rate risk, we have increased our focus on the origination of commercial real estate mortgage loans, particularly multi-family loans, as these loan types reduce our interest rate risk due to their shorter term compared to residential mortgage loans. In addition, we primarily invest in shorter-to-medium duration securities, which generally have shorter average lives and lower yields compared to longer term securities. Shortening the average lives of our securities, along with originating more adjustable-rate mortgages and commercial real estate mortgages, will help to reduce interest rate risk.
We retain an independent, nationally recognized consulting firm who specializes in asset and liability management to complete our quarterly interest rate risk reports. We also retain a second nationally recognized consulting firm to prepare independently comparable interest rate risk reports for the purpose of validation. Both firms use a combination of analyses to monitor our exposure to changes in interest rates. The economic value of equity analysis is a model that estimates the change in net portfolio value (“NPV”) over a range of immediately changed interest rate scenarios. NPV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet contracts. In calculating changes in NPV, assumptions estimating loan prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and deposit decay rates that seem most likely based on historical experience during prior interest rate changes are used.
The net interest income analysis uses data derived from an asset and liability analysis, described below, and applies several additional elements, including actual interest rate indices and margins, contractual limitations and the U.S. Treasury yield curve as of the balance sheet date. In addition we apply consistent parallel yield curve shifts (in both directions) to determine possible changes in net interest income if the theoretical yield curve shifts occurred gradually. Net interest income analysis also adjusts the asset and liability repricing analysis based on changes in prepayment rates resulting from the parallel yield curve shifts.
Our asset and liability analysis determines the relative balance between the repricing of assets and liabilities over multiple periods of time (ranging from overnight to five years). This asset and liability analysis includes expected cash flows from loans and mortgage-backed securities, applying prepayment rates based on the differential between the current interest rate and the market interest rate for each loan and security type. This analysis identifies mismatches in the timing of asset and liability but does not necessarily provide an accurate indicator of interest rate risk because the assumptions used in the analysis may not reflect the actual response to market changes.
Quantitative Analysis. The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2012, the estimated changes in our NPV and our net interest income that would result from the designated changes in interest rates. Such changes to interest rates are calculated as an immediate and permanent change for the purposes of computing NPV and a gradual change over a one year period for the purposes of computing net interest income. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. We did not estimate changes in NPV or net interest income for an interest rate decrease of greater than 100 basis points or increase of greater than 200 basis points.
 
 
 
Net Portfolio Value(2)
 
Net Interest Income
Change in
Interest Rates
(basis points)(1)
 
Estimated
NPV
 
Increase (Decrease) in Estimated Net Interest Income
 
Estimated  Net
Interest
Income(3)
 
Increase (Decrease)  in
Estimated Net
Interest Income
Amount
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
+ 200bp
 
$
715,534

 
 
(137,459
)
 
(16.10
)%
 
$
360,334

 
(25,604
)

(6.63
)%
0bp
 
$
852,993

 
 

 

 
$
385,938

 



-100bp
 
$
711,699

 
 
(141,294
)
 
(16.60
)%
 
$
389,213

 
3,275


0.85
 %
(1)
Assumes an instantaneous and parallel shift in interest rates at all maturities.
(2)
NPV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.
(3)
Assumes a gradual change in interest rates over a one year period at all maturities.
The table set forth above indicates at December 31, 2012, in the event of a 200 basis points increase in interest rates, we would be expected to experience a 16.10% decrease in NPV and a $25.6 million, or 6.63%, decrease in net interest income. In the event of a 100 basis points decrease in interest rates, we would be expected to experience a 16.60% decrease in NPV and a

59

Table of Contents

$3.3 million, or 0.85%, increase in net interest income. These data do not reflect any future actions we may take in response to changes in interest rates, such as changing the mix of our assets and liabilities, which could change the results of the NPV and net interest income calculations.
As mentioned above, we retain two nationally recognized firms to compute our quarterly interest rate risk reports. Certain shortcomings are inherent in any methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes in NPV and net interest income require certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. The NPV and net interest income table presented above assumes the composition of our interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and, accordingly, the data do not reflect any actions we may take in response to changes in interest rates. The table also assumes a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration to maturity or the repricing characteristics of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the NPV and net interest income table provide an indication of our sensitivity to interest rate changes at a particular point in time, such measurement is not intended to and does not provide a precise forecast of the effects of changes in market interest rates on our NPV and net interest income.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of liquidity consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments and maturities and borrowings from the FHLB and others. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. From time to time we may evaluate the sale of securities as a possible liquidity source. Our Asset Liability Committee is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies.
We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities, and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits and short- and intermediate-term securities.
Our primary source of funds is cash provided by principal and interest payments on loans and securities. Principal repayments on loans for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $2.42 billion, $2.03 billion and $1.79 billion, respectively. Principal repayments on securities for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $462.8 million, $380.0 million, and $443.4 million, respectively. There were sales of securities during years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 of $ 231.7 million, $58.3 million and $37.2 million, respectively.
    
In addition to cash provided by principal and interest payments on loans and securities, our other sources of funds include cash provided by operating activities, deposits and borrowings. Net cash provided by operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 totaled $224.8 million, $200.5 million and $163.5 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2012, excluding the deposit from the Brooklyn Federal and Marathon National acquisitions, total deposits increased of $243.5 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011 total deposits increased $652.3 million. For the year ended December 31, 2010, excluding deposits from the Millennium bcpbank acquisition, total deposits increased $301.2 million. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of market interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors, and other factors.
Excluding borrowed funds assumed in the Brooklyn Federal and Marathon National acquisitions, net borrowed funds increased $436.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Our net borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 increased $429.0 million and $226.0 million, respectively. The increase in borrowings was largely due to new loan originations outpacing the deposit growth.
Our primary use of funds is for the origination and purchase of loans and the purchase of securities. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we originated loans of $2.68 billion, $2.24 billion and $2.06 billion, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2012, excluding loans purchased in the acquisitions of Brooklyn Federal and Marathon National, we purchased loans of $638.8 million. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we purchased $710.9 million and $1.07 billion, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2012, excluding the securities purchased in the acquisition of Brooklyn Federal and Marathon National, we purchased securities of $777.1 million. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we purchased securities of $616.6 million and $350.8 million, respectively. In addition, we utilized $902,000, $32.5 million, and $24.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, to repurchase shares of our common stock under our stock repurchase plans.

60

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012, we had $488.5 million in loan commitments outstanding. In addition to commitments to originate and purchase loans, we had $455.5 million in unused home equity, overdraft lines of credit, and undisbursed business and construction loans. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2012 totaled $1.63 billion, or 18.6% of total deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including but not limited to other certificates of deposit and FHLB advances. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2012. We believe, however, based on past experience that a significant portion of our certificates of deposit will remain with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.
Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend upon our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2012, cash and cash equivalents totaled $155.2 million. Securities classified as available-for-sale, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $1.39 billion at December 31, 2012. If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the FHLB and other financial institutions, which provide an additional source of funds. At December 31, 2012, the Company participated in the FHLB’s Overnight Advance program. This program allows members to borrow overnight up to their maximum borrowing capacity at the FHLB. At December 31, 2012 our borrowing capacity at the FHLB was $5.65 billion, of which $2.73 billion was outstanding. The overnight advances are priced at the federal funds rate plus a spread (generally between 20 and 30 basis points) and re-price daily. In addition, the Bank had an effective commitment for unsecured discretionary overnight borrowings with other institutions totaling $50 million, of which no balance was outstanding at December 31, 2012.
    
Investors Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At December 31, 2012, Investors Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. Investors Bank is considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See Item 1 Business “Supervision and Regulation — Federal Banking Regulation — Capital Requirements.”
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of our commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval processes that we use for loans that we originate.
Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include operating leases for premises and equipment.
The following table summarizes our significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations and other funding needs by payment date at December 31, 2012. The payment amounts represent those amounts due to the recipient and do not include any unamortized premiums or discounts or other similar carrying amount adjustments.
 
 
 
Payments Due by Period
Contractual Obligations
 
Less than
One Year
 
One to
Three Years
 
Three to
Five Years
 
More than
Five Years
 
Total
 
 
(In thousands)
Other borrowed funds
 
$
860,500

 
410,000

 
550,000

 
830,152

 
2,650,652

Repurchase agreements
 
55,000

 

 

 

 
55,000

Operating leases
 
11,156

 
22,364

 
20,102

 
59,593

 
113,215

Total
 
$
926,656

 
432,364

 
570,102

 
889,745

 
2,818,867

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, in conjunction with the IASB’s issuance of amendments to Disclosures—Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IFRS 7). While the Boards retained the existing offsetting models under U.S. GAAP and IFRS, the new standards require disclosures to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP with financial statements prepared under IFRS. The new standards are effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

61

Table of Contents

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-09, Disclosure about an Employer's participation in a Multiemployer Plan which requires additional disclosures about employers' participation in multiemployer pension plans including information about the plan's funded status if it is readily available. The ASU was effective for annual periods for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2011 for public entities. An entity is required to apply the ASU retrospectively for all period presented. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operation.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity can support the conclusion that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it would not need to perform the two-step impairment test for that reporting unit. The ASU was effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company elected to early adopt this guidance in 2011. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This ASU increases the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements. Under this ASU, an entity will have the option to present the components of net income and comprehensive income in either one or two consecutive financial statements. The ASU eliminates the option in U.S. GAAP to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity. An entity should apply the ASU retrospectively. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05” which defers the effective date of the requirement to present separate line items on the income statement for reclassification adjustments of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income into net income. All other requirements in ASU 2011-05 are not affected by this Update. For a public entity, the ASUs were effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Since the provisions of ASU 2011-05 are presentation and disclosure related, the Company’s adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. The Company has presented comprehensive income in a separate Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income". This ASU requires entities to disclose the effect of items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) on each affected net income line item. For AOCI reclassification items that are not reclassified in their entirety into net income, a cross reference to other required US GAAP disclosures. This information may be provided either in the notes or parenthetically on the face of the financials. For public entities, the guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and interim periods within those years. The Company will be required to provide the disclosures beginning with financial statements for the first quarter of 2013. The adoption of this pronouncement will not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. This ASU was issued concurrently with IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurements, to provide largely identical guidance about fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The new standards do not extend the use of fair value but, rather, provide guidance about how fair value should be applied where it already is required or permitted under IFRS or U.S. GAAP. For U.S. GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS 13. A public entity was required to apply the ASU prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. In the period of adoption, a reporting entity was required to disclose a change, if any, in valuation technique and related inputs that result from applying the ASU and to quantify the total effect, if practicable. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, Transfer and Servicing (Topic 860): Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements, which affects entities that enter into agreements to transfer financial assets that both entitle and obligate the transferor to repurchase or redeem the financial assets before their maturity. The amendments in this Update remove from the assessment of effective control the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. Other criteria applicable to the assessment of effective control are not changed by the amendments in this Update. Those criteria indicate that the transferor is deemed to have maintained effective control over the financial assets transferred (and thus must account for the transaction as a secured borrowing) for agreements that both entitle and obligate the transferor to repurchase or redeem the financial assets before their maturity if all of the following conditions are met: (1) the financial assets to be repurchased or redeemed are the same or substantially the same as those transferred (2) the agreement is to repurchase or redeem them before maturity, at a fixed or determinable price and (3) the agreement is entered into contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the transfer. The guidance in this Update was effective for the first interim or annual period beginning

62

Table of Contents

on or after December 15, 2011. The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The consolidated financial statements and related notes of Investors Bancorp, Inc. have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation.
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
For information regarding market risk see Item 7- “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The Financial Statements are included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Form 10-K.

ITEM 9.
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
Not Applicable.

ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
With the participation of management, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2012. Based upon that evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of that date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective
(b) Changes in internal controls.
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
(c) Management report on internal control over financial reporting.
The management of Investors Bancorp, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Investors Bancorp’s internal control system is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.
Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of Investors Bancorp; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Investors Bancorp’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

63

Table of Contents

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Investors Bancorp’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment we believe that, as of December 31, 2012, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
Investors Bancorp’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012. This report appears on page 66.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302 Certifications have been filed with the SEC as exhibit 31.1 and exhibit 31.2 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
Not Applicable.

Part III


ITEM 10.
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information regarding directors, executive officers and corporate governance of the Company is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 2013.

ITEM 11.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information regarding executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 2013.


ITEM 12.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 2013. Information regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated here in by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 2013.

ITEM 13.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 2013.

ITEM 14.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Information regarding principal accounting fees and services is incorporated herein by reference in Investors Bancorp’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 2013.

64

Table of Contents



Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) (1) Financial Statements





Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Investors Bancorp, Inc.
Short Hills, New Jersey:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 1, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Short Hills, New Jersey
March 1, 2013

65

Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Investors Bancorp, Inc.
Short Hills, New Jersey:
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period December 31, 2012 and our report dated March 1, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Short Hills, New Jersey
March 1, 2013



66

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
(In thousands)
ASSETS
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
155,153

 
90,139

Securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value
1,385,328

 
983,715

Securities held-to-maturity, net (estimated fair value of $198,893 and $311,860 at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively)
179,922

 
287,671

Loans receivable, net
10,306,786

 
8,794,211

Loans held-for-sale
28,233

 
18,847

Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank
150,501

 
116,813

Accrued interest receivable
45,144

 
40,063

Other real estate owned
8,093

 
3,081

Office properties and equipment, net
91,408

 
60,555

Net deferred tax asset
150,006

 
133,526

Bank owned life insurance
113,941

 
112,990

Intangible assets
99,222

 
39,225

Other assets
8,837

 
20,749

Total assets
$
12,722,574

 
10,701,585

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Deposits
$
8,768,857

 
7,362,003

Borrowed funds
2,705,652

 
2,255,486

Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
52,707

 
43,434

Other liabilities
128,541

 
73,222

Total liabilities
11,655,757

 
9,734,145

Commitments and contingencies

 

Stockholders’ equity:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 authorized shares; none issued

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 118,020,280 issued; 111,915,882 and 110,937,672 outstanding at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively
532

 
532

Additional paid-in capital
533,858

 
536,408

Retained earnings
644,923

 
561,596

Treasury stock, at cost; 6,104,398 and 7,082,608 shares at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively
(73,692
)
 
(87,375
)
Unallocated common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan
(31,197
)
 
(32,615
)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
(7,607
)
 
(11,106
)
Total stockholders’ equity
1,066,817

 
967,440

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
12,722,574

 
10,701,585

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

67

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income:
 
 
 
 
 
Loans receivable and loans held-for-sale
$
455,221

 
434,377

 
383,531

Securities:
 
 
 
 

Equity
17

 

 

Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
15

 
268

 
710

Mortgage-backed securities
30,167

 
29,341

 
35,857

Municipal bonds and other debt
5,174

 
5,269

 
4,463

Interest-bearing deposits
40

 
37

 
238

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
5,555

 
4,280

 
3,904

Total interest and dividend income
496,189

 
473,572

 
428,703

Interest expense:
 
 
 
 

Deposits
63,582

 
79,889

 
90,811

Secured borrowings
59,862

 
64,599

 
68,482

Total interest expense
123,444

 
144,488

 
159,293

Net interest income
372,745

 
329,084

 
269,410

Provision for loan losses
65,000

 
75,500

 
66,500

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
307,745

 
253,584

 
202,910

Non-interest income
 
 
 
 

Fees and service charges
16,564

 
14,496

 
8,757

Income on bank owned life insurance
2,778

 
3,139

 
2,497

Gain on loan transactions, net
20,866

 
9,736

 
12,785

Gain (loss) on securities transactions
274

 
(257
)
 
35

Loss on sale of other real estate owned, net
(180
)
 
(141
)
 

Other income
3,810

 
2,196

 
2,451

Total non-interest income
44,112

 
29,169

 
26,525

Non-interest expense
 
 
 
 

Compensation and fringe benefits
109,197

 
85,688

 
72,953

Advertising and promotional expense
6,854

 
6,352

 
5,572

Office occupancy and equipment expense
33,619

 
26,786

 
19,632

Federal deposit insurance premiums
10,770

 
9,300

 
10,650

Stationery, printing, supplies and telephone
4,295

 
3,444

 
2,899

Professional fees
9,487

 
5,329

 
4,970

Data processing service fees
15,901

 
8,252

 
6,276

Other operating expenses
16,884

 
12,435

 
7,861

Total non-interest expenses
207,007

 
157,586

 
130,813

Income before income tax expense
144,850

 
125,167

 
98,622

Income tax expense
56,083

 
46,281

 
36,603

Net income
$
88,767

 
78,886

 
62,019

Basic earnings per share
$
0.83

 
0.73

 
0.57

Diluted earnings per share
$
0.82

 
0.73

 
0.56


68

Table of Contents

Weighted average shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
107,371,685

 
107,839,000

 
109,713,516

Diluted
108,091,522

 
108,044,786

 
109,878,252

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


69

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(In thousands)
Net income
$
88,767

 
78,886

 
62,019

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Change in funded status of retirement obligations
(2,560
)
 
(1,715
)
 
857

Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale
5,080

 
9,502

 
419

Reclassification adjustment for security gains (losses) included in net income
105

 
(691
)
 
(15
)
Other-than-temporary impairment accretion on debt securities
874

 
1,974

 
965

Total other comprehensive income
3,499

 
9,070

 
2,226

Total comprehensive income
$
92,266

 
87,956

 
64,245

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

70

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity
Year ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 
Common
stock
 
Additional
paid-in
capital
 
Retained
earnings
 
Treasury
stock
 
Unallocated
Common Stock
Held by ESOP
 
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
 
Total
stockholders’
equity
 
(In thousands)
Balance at December 31, 2009
$
532

 
530,133

 
422,211

 
(44,810
)
 
(35,451
)
 
(22,402
)
 
850,213

Net income

 

 
62,019

 

 

 

 
62,019

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 
2,226

 
2,226

Purchase of treasury stock (2,092,960 shares)

 

 

 
(24,458
)
 

 

 
(24,458
)
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan

 
(6,272
)
 
(961
)
 
7,233

 

 

 

Compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock

 
9,489

 

 

 

 

 
9,489

ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released

 
370

 

 
2

 
1,418

 

 
1,790

Balance at December 31, 2010
$
532

 
533,720

 
483,269

 
(62,033
)
 
(34,033
)
 
(20,176
)
 
901,279

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$

 

 
78,886

 

 

 

 
78,886

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 
9,070

 
9,070

Purchase of treasury stock (2,413,455 shares)

 

 

 
(32,489
)
 

 

 
(32,489
)
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan

 
(6,588
)
 
(559
)
 
7,147

 

 

 

Compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock

 
8,738

 

 

 

 

 
8,738

ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released

 
538

 

 

 
1,418

 

 
1,956

Balance at December 31, 2011
$
532

 
536,408

 
561,596

 
(87,375
)
 
(32,615
)
 
(11,106
)
 
967,440

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$

 

 
88,767

 

 

 

 
88,767

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 
3,499

 
3,499

Common stock issued from treasury to finance acquisition (551,862 shares)

 

 
(142
)
 
7,703

 

 

 
7,561

Purchase of treasury stock (60,652 shares)

 

 

 
(902
)
 

 

 
(902
)
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan

 
(7,137
)
 
297

 
6,840

 

 

 

Compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock

 
3,651

 

 

 

 

 
3,651

Net tax benefit from stock-based compensation

 
93

 

 

 

 

 
93

Option exercise

 
(1
)
 

 
42

 

 

 
41


71

Table of Contents

Cash dividend paid ($0.05 per common share)

 

 
(5,595
)
 

 

 

 
(5,595
)
ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released

 
844

 

 

 
1,418

 

 
2,262

Balance at December 31, 2012
$
532

 
533,858

 
644,923

 
(73,692
)
 
(31,197
)
 
(7,607
)
 
1,066,817

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



72

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
88,767

 
78,886

 
62,019

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
ESOP and stock-based compensation expense
5,913

 
10,694

 
11,279

Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities, net
12,938

 
6,078

 
5,009

Amortization of premiums and accretion of fees and costs on loans, net
8,898

 
7,008

 
8,366

Amortization of intangible assets
1,535

 
1,506

 
979

Provision for loan losses
65,000

 
75,500

 
66,500

Depreciation and amortization of office properties and equipment
7,177

 
6,438

 
4,732

(Gain) loss on securities, net
(274
)
 
257

 
(35
)
Mortgage loans originated for sale
(811,247
)
 
(513,563
)
 
(695,968
)
Proceeds from mortgage loan sales
820,636

 
537,521

 
698,253

Gain on sales of mortgage loans, net
(18,775
)
 
(7,751
)
 
(10,296
)
Loss on sale of other real estate owned
180

 
141

 

Gain on sale of branches

 
(72
)
 

Gain on bargain purchase

 

 
(1,846
)
Income on bank owned life insurance
(2,778
)
 
(3,139
)
 
(2,497
)
 (Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable
(2,499
)
 
478

 
(2,913
)
Deferred tax benefit
(10,739
)
 
(11,607
)
 
(14,441
)
Decrease in other assets
18,059

 
6,161

 
5,886

Increase in other liabilities
41,988

 
5,956

 
28,445

Total adjustments
136,012

 
121,606

 
101,453

Net cash provided by operating activities
224,779

 
200,492

 
163,472

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of loans receivable
(638,789
)
 
(710,880
)
 
(1,070,203
)
Net originations of loans receivable
(297,221
)
 
(272,920
)
 
(308,379
)
Proceeds from sale of loans held for investment
77,222

 
23,266

 
2,984

Gain on disposition of loans held for investment
(2,091
)
 
(1,984
)
 
(2,489
)
Net proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate
6,266

 
1,258

 

Purchases of mortgage-backed securities held to maturity

 

 
(3,690
)
Purchases of debt securities held-to-maturity
(15,421
)
 
(11,966
)
 
(3,884
)
Purchases of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
(760,692
)
 
(604,651
)
 
(343,073
)
Purchases of other investments available-for-sale
(1,000
)
 

 
(150
)
Proceeds from paydowns/maturities on mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
99,892

 
160,981

 
247,896

Proceeds from paydowns/maturities on debt securities held-to-maturity
14,039

 
27,120

 
2,415

Proceeds from paydowns/maturities on mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
348,847

 
191,918

 
168,052


73

Table of Contents

Proceeds from sale of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
14,871

 
21,355

 

Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
213,562

 
36,972

 
12,004

Proceeds from sales of US Government and Agency Obligations available-for-sale
3,219

 

 
25,000

Proceeds from sales of US Government and Agency Obligations held-to-maturity

 

 
170

Proceeds from sale of equity securities available for sale
44

 

 

Redemption of equity securities available-for-sale
85

 
176

 

Proceeds from redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
129,152

 
215,280

 
42,323

Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
(158,353
)
 
(251,724
)
 
(56,490
)
Purchases of office properties and equipment
(25,407
)
 
(10,550
)
 
(10,393
)
Death benefit proceeds from bank owned life insurance
9,613

 
7,188

 

Cash paid, net of consideration received for branch sale

 
(64,612
)
 

Cash received, net of cash consideration paid for acquisitions
140,754

 

 
629,081

Net cash used in investing activities
(841,408
)
 
(1,243,773
)
 
(668,826
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase in deposits
243,462

 
652,256

 
301,156

Repayments of funds borrowed under other repurchase agreements
(195,000
)
 
(250,000
)
 
(250,000
)
Net increase in other borrowings
631,805

 
678,972

 
475,972

Net increase in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
7,739

 
8,457

 
5,302

Dividends paid
(5,595
)
 

 

Exercise of stock options
41

 

 

Purchase of treasury stock
(902
)
 
(32,489
)
 
(24,458
)
Net tax benefit from stock-based compensation
93

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities
681,643

 
1,057,196

 
507,972

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
65,014

 
13,915

 
2,618

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
90,139

 
76,224

 
73,606

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
155,153

 
90,139

 
76,224

Supplemental cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
Non-cash investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate acquired through foreclosure
$
10,410

 
3,504

 
976

Cash paid during the year for:
 
 
 
 

    Interest
$
123,644

 
144,986

 
160,024

    Income taxes
$
61,994

 
58,618

 
53,670

Acquisitions:
 
 
 
 
 
Non-cash assets acquired:
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available for sale
$
212,560

 

 

Loans
$
736,003

 

 

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net
$
60,347

 

 
1,981

Other assets
$
45,198

 

 
2,742

Total non-cash assets acquired
$
1,054,108

 

 
4,723

Liabilities assumed:
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
$
1,163,392

 

 
633,131


74

Table of Contents

Borrowings
$
13,361

 

 

Other liabilities
$
10,531

 

 
673

Total liabilities assumed
$
1,187,284

 

 
633,804

Common stock issued for Brooklyn Federal Savings Bank acquisition
$
7,561

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

75

Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The following significant accounting and reporting policies of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and are used in preparing and presenting these consolidated financial statements:
 
(a)
Basis of Presentation    
The consolidated financial statements are composed of the accounts of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries, including Investors Bank (Bank). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made in the consolidated financial statements to conform with current year classifications.
In January 1997, the Bank completed a Plan of Mutual Holding Company Reorganization, utilizing the multi-tier mutual holding company structure. In a series of steps, the Bank formed a Delaware-chartered stock corporation (Investors Bancorp, Inc.) which owned 100% of the common stock of the Bank and formed a New Jersey-chartered mutual holding company (Investors Bancorp, MHC) which initially owned all of the common stock of Investors Bancorp, Inc. On October 11, 2005, Investors Bancorp, Inc. completed an initial public stock offering. See Note 3.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. The estimate of our allowance for loan losses, the valuation of mortgage servicing rights (MSR), the valuation of deferred tax assets, impairment judgments regarding goodwill, and fair value and impairment of securities are particularly critical because they involve a higher degree of complexity and subjectivity and require estimates and assumptions about highly uncertain matters. Actual results may differ from our estimates and assumptions. The current economic environment has increased the degree of uncertainty inherent in these material estimates.
Business
Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s primary business is holding the common stock of the Bank and a loan to the Investors Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan. The Bank provides banking services to customers primarily through branch offices in New Jersey and New York. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions and is subject to the regulations of certain federal and state regulatory authorities and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.
 
(b)
Cash Equivalents
Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions. The Company is required by the Federal Reserve System to maintain cash reserves equal to a percentage of certain deposits. The reserve requirement totaled $6.9 million at December 31, 2012, $11.8 million at December 31, 2011 and $5.2 million at December 31, 2010.

 
(c)
Securities
Securities include securities held-to-maturity and securities available-for-sale. Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. If management has the positive intent not to sell and the Company would not be required to sell prior to maturity, they are classified as held-to-maturity securities. Such securities are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for unamortized purchase premiums and discounts. Securities in the available-for-sale category are debt and mortgage-backed securities which the Company may sell prior to maturity, and all marketable equity securities. Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value with any unrealized appreciation or depreciation, net of tax effects, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income/loss in stockholders’ equity. Discounts and premiums on securities are accreted or amortized using the level-yield method over the estimated lives of the securities, including the effect of prepayments. Realized gains and losses are recognized when securities are sold or called using the specific identification method.

The Company periodically evaluates the security portfolio for other-than-temporary impairment. Other-than-temporary impairment means the Company believes the security’s impairment is due to factors that could include its inability to pay interest or dividends, its potential for default, and/or other factors. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) Topic 320, “Investments — Debt and Equity Securities”, when a held to maturity or

76

Table of Contents

available for sale debt security is assessed for other-than-temporary impairment, the Company has to first consider (a) whether it intends to sell the security, and (b) whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis. If one of these circumstances applies to a security, an other-than-temporary impairment loss is recognized in the statement of income equal to the full amount of the decline in fair value below amortized cost. If neither of these circumstances applies to a security, but the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost basis, an other-than-temporary impairment loss has occurred that must be separated into two categories: (a) the amount related to credit loss, and (b) the amount related to other factors. In assessing the level of other-than-temporary impairment attributable to credit loss, the Company compares the present value of cash flows expected to be collected with the amortized cost basis of the security. The portion of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to credit loss is recognized in earnings, while the amount related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income. The total other-than-temporary impairment loss is presented in the statement of income, less the portion recognized in other comprehensive income. When a debt security becomes other-than-temporarily impaired, its amortized cost basis is reduced to reflect the portion of the total impairment related to credit loss.
To determine whether a security’s impairment is other-than-temporary, the Company considers factors that include, the duration and severity of the impairment; the Company’s ability and intent to hold equity security investments until they recover in value (as well as the likelihood of such a recovery in the near term); the Company’s intent to sell security investments; and whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell such securities before recovery of their individual amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. For debt securities, the primary consideration in determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary is whether or not it is probable that current or future contractual cash flows have been or may be impaired.
 
(d)
Loans Receivable, Net
Loans receivable, other than loans held-for-sale, are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted by unamortized premiums and unearned discounts, net deferred origination fees and costs, and the allowance for loan losses. Interest income on loans is accrued and credited to income as earned. Premiums and discounts on purchased loans and net loan origination fees and costs are deferred and amortized to interest income over the estimated life of the loan as an adjustment to yield.
The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged to earnings and is decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. The provision for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance which considers, among other things, the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, existing adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. While management uses available information to recognize estimated losses on loans, future additions may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based upon their judgments and information available to them at the time of their examinations.
A loan is considered delinquent when we have not received a payment within 30 days of its contractual due date. The accrual of income on loans is generally discontinued when interest or principal payments are 90 days in arrears or when the timely collection of such income is doubtful. Loans on which the accrual of income has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans and outstanding interest previously credited is reversed. Interest income on non-accrual loans and impaired loans is recognized in the period collected unless the ultimate collection of principal is considered doubtful. A loan is returned to accrual status when all amounts due have been received and the remaining principal is deemed collectible. Loans are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collectability of the full principal balance is in doubt.
The Company defines an impaired loan as a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that the lender will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company considers the population of loans in its impairment analysis to include commercial real estate, multi-family and construction loans with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million and on non-accrual status, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), and other loans over $1.0 million outstanding balance if management has specific information of a collateral shortfall. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral or the present value of the expected future cash flows. Smaller balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment collectively unless they are modified in a trouble debt restructure. Such loans include residential mortgage loans, installment loans, and loans not meeting the Company’s definition of impaired, and are specifically excluded from impaired loans.
Purchased Credit-Impaired ("PCI") loans, are loans acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality. PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30 and are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance (i.e., the allowance for loan losses). The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the initial carrying amount (fair value) of the PCI loans, or the “accretable yield,” is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of the loans. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the “non-accretable difference,” are not recognized as a yield adjustment, as a loss accrual or a valuation allowance. Reclassifications of the non-accretable difference

77

Table of Contents

to the accretable yield may occur subsequent to the loan acquisition dates due to increases in expected cash flows of the loans and result in an increase in yield on a prospective basis.
 
(e)
Loans Held-for-Sale
Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, as determined on an aggregate basis. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized in a valuation allowance through charges to earnings. Premiums and discounts and origination fees and costs on loans held-for-sale are deferred and recognized as a component of the gain or loss on sale. Gains and losses on sales of loans held-for-sale are recognized on settlement dates and are determined by the difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying value of the loans. These transactions are accounted for as sales based on our satisfaction of the criteria for such accounting which provide that, as transferor, we have surrendered control over the loans.

(f)
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB), is required to hold shares of capital stock of the FHLB based on our activities, primarily our outstanding borrowings, with the FHLB. The stock is carried at cost, less any impairment.
 
(g)
Office Properties and Equipment, Net
Land is carried at cost. Office buildings, leasehold improvements and furniture, fixtures and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Office buildings and furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated using an accelerated basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the terms of the respective leases or the lives of the assets, whichever is shorter.
 
(h)
Bank Owned Life Insurance
Bank owned life insurance is carried at the amount that could be realized under the Company’s life insurance contracts as of the date of the consolidated balance sheets and is classified as a non-interest earning asset. Increases in the carrying value are recorded as non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income and insurance proceeds received are generally recorded as a reduction of the carrying value. The carrying value consists of cash surrender value of $110.8 million at December 31, 2012 and $105.9 million at December 31, 2011; claims stabilization reserve of $3.1 million at December 31, 2012 and $7.0 million at December 31, 2011; there were no deferred acquisition costs at December 31, 2012 and $85,000 at December 31, 2011. Repayment of the claims stabilization reserve (funds transferred from the cash surrender value to provide for future death benefit payments) and the deferred acquisition costs (costs incurred by the insurance carrier for the policy issuance) is guaranteed by the insurance carrier provided that certain conditions are met at the date of a contract is surrendered. The Company satisfied these conditions at December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
(i)
Intangible Assets
Goodwill. Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. For purposes of our goodwill impairment testing, we have identified the Bank as a single reporting unit.
At December 31, 2012, the carrying amount of our goodwill totaled $77.1 million. In connection with our annual impairment assessment we applied the guidance in FASB Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company’s qualitative assessment concluded that it was not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount and, therefore, the two-step goodwill impairment test was not required.
Mortgage Servicing Rights. The Company recognizes as separate assets the rights to service mortgage loans. The right to service loans for others is generally obtained through the sale of loans with servicing retained. The initial asset recognized for originated mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) is measured at fair value. The fair value of MSR is estimated by reference to current market values of similar loans sold with servicing released. MSR are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. We apply the amortization method for measurements of our MSR. MSR are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. MSR impairment, if any, is recognized in a valuation allowance through charges to earnings as a component of fees and service charges. Increases in the fair value of impaired MSR are recognized only up to the amount of the previously recognized valuation allowance. Fees earned for servicing loans are reported as income when the related mortgage loan payments are collected.

78

Table of Contents

Core Deposit Premiums. Core deposit premiums represent the intangible value of depositor relationships assumed in purchase acquisitions and are amortized on an accelerated basis over 10 years. The Company periodically evaluates the value of core deposit premiums to ensure the carrying amount exceeds it implied fair value.
 
(j)
Real Estate Owned
Real estate owned (REO) consists of properties acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. Such assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs, based on independent appraisals. Write-downs required at the time of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Thereafter, decreases in the properties’ estimated fair value which are charged to income along with any additional property maintenance and protection expenses incurred in owning the property.
 
(k)
Borrowed Funds
    Our FHLB borrowings, frequently referred to as advances, are over collateralized by our residential and non residential mortgage portfolios as well as qualified investment securities.
The Bank also enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase with selected brokers and the FHLB. The securities underlying the agreements are delivered to the counterparty who agrees to resell to the Bank the identical securities at the maturity or call of the agreement. These agreements are recorded as financing transactions, as the Bank maintains effective control over the transferred securities, and no gain or loss is recognized. The dollar amount of the securities underlying the agreements continues to be carried in the Bank’s securities portfolio. The obligations to repurchase the securities are reported as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
(l)
Income Taxes
The Company records income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) 740 “Income Taxes,” as amended, using the asset and liability method. Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities: (i) are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns; (ii) are attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases; and (iii) are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years when those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Where applicable, deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance for any portions determined not likely to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period of enactment. The valuation allowance is adjusted, by a charge or credit to income tax expense, as changes in facts and circumstances warrant. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, where applicable, in income tax expense.
 
(m)
Employee Benefits
The Company has a defined benefit pension plan which covers all employees who satisfy the eligibility requirements. The Company participates in a multiemployer plan. Costs of the pension plan are based on the contributions required to be made to the plan.
The Company has a Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (SERP). The SERP is a nonqualified, defined benefit plan which provides benefits to certain employees of the Company if their benefits and/or contributions under the pension plan are limited by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company also has a nonqualified, defined benefit plan which provides benefits to its directors. The SERP and the directors’ plan are unfunded and the costs of the plans are recognized over the period that services are provided.
The Company has a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees. The Company matches 50% of the first 6% contributed by participants and recognizes expense as its contributions are made.
The employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) is accounted for in accordance with the provisions of Statement ASC 718-40, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans.” The funds borrowed by the ESOP from the Company to purchase the Company’s common stock are being repaid from the Bank’s contributions over a period of up to 30 years. The Company’s common stock not yet allocated to participants is recorded as a reduction of stockholders’ equity at cost. Compensation expense for the ESOP is based on the market price of the Company’s stock and is recognized as shares are committed to be released to participants.
The Company recognizes the grant-date fair value of stock based awards issued to employees as compensation cost in the statement of operations. Compensation cost related to stock based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite

79

Table of Contents

service periods. The fair value of stock based awards is based on the closing price market value as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market on the grant date.  

(n)
Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per common share, or EPS, are computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the year. The weighted-average common shares outstanding includes the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding less the weighted average number of unvested shares of restricted stock and unallocated shares held by the ESOP. For EPS calculations, ESOP shares that have been committed to be released are considered outstanding. ESOP shares that have not been committed to be released are excluded from outstanding shares on a weighted average basis for EPS calculations.
Diluted EPS is computed using the same method as basic EPS, but includes the effect of all potentially dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the period, such as unexercised stock options and unvested shares of restricted stock, calculated using the treasury stock method. When applying the treasury stock method, we add: (1) the assumed proceeds from option exercises; (2) the tax benefit that would have been credited to additional paid-in capital assuming exercise of non-qualified stock options and vesting of shares of restricted stock; and (3) the average unamortized compensation costs related to unvested shares of restricted stock and stock options. We then divide this sum by our average stock price to calculate shares repurchased. The excess of the number of shares issuable over the number of shares assumed to be repurchased is added to basic weighted average common shares to calculate diluted EPS.

2.Business Combinations

On December 19, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement with Roma Financial Corporation, the federally-chartered holding company for Roma Bank. Under the terms of the merger agreement, 100% (unaudited) of the shares of Roma Financial will be converted into Investors Bancorp Inc. common stock. As of September 30, 2012, Roma Financial Corporation operated 26 branches (unaudited) in Burlington, Ocean, Mercer, Camden and Middlesex counties, New Jersey, and had asset of $1.84 billion(unaudited), deposits of $1.49 billion (unaudited) and stockholders' equity of $218.8 million (unaudited). The merger agreement has been approved by the boards of directors of each company. Subject to the required approvals of Investors Bancorp and Roma Financial shareholders, requisite regulatory approvals, the effectiveness of the registration statement to be filed by Investors Bancorp with respect to the stock to be issued in the transaction, and other customary closing conditions, the merger is expected to be completed in the second quarter of 2013. As the merger has not been completed, the transaction is not reflected in the balance sheet or results of operation for the periods presented in this document.

On October 15, 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of Marathon Banking Corporation and Marathon National Bank of New York, ("Marathon Bank") a federally chartered bank with 13 full-service branches in the New York metropolitan area. After the purchase accounting adjustments, the Company assumed $777.5 million in customer deposits and acquired $558.5 million in loans. This transaction resulted in $38.4 million of goodwill and generated $5.0 million in core deposit intangibles. Under this method of accounting, the purchase price has been allocated to the respective assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, net of applicable income tax effects. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill. The purchase price of $135.0 million was paid using available cash. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting as prescribed by “ASC” 805 “Business Combinations”, as amended.


80

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition for Marathon, net of cash consideration paid:
 
 
At October 15,
2012
 
(In millions)
Cash and cash equivalents, net
$
113.0

Securities available-for-sale
42.2

Securities held to maturity
4.7

Loans receivable
558.5

Accrued interest receivable
1.5

Other real estate owned
1.0

Office properties and equipment, net
7.5

Goodwill
38.4

Intangible assets
5.0

Other assets
14.9

Total assets acquired
786.7

Deposits
(777.5
)
Borrowed funds
(5.2
)
Other liabilities
(4.0
)
Total liabilities assumed
$
(786.7
)
On January 6, 2012, the Company completed the acquisition of Brooklyn Federal Bancorp, Inc. (“BFSB”), the holding company of Brooklyn Federal Savings Bank, a federally chartered savings bank with five full-service branches in Brooklyn and Long Island. After the purchase accounting adjustments, the Company assumed $385.9 million in customer deposits and acquired $177.5 million in loans. This transaction resulted in $16.7 million of goodwill and generated $218,000 in core deposit intangibles. Under this method of accounting, the purchase price has been allocated to the respective assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, net of applicable income tax effects. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired has been recorded as goodwill. The purchase price of $10.3 million was paid through a combination of the Company’s common stock (551,862 shares), issued to Investors Bancorp, MHC, and cash of $2.9 million. Brooklyn Federal Savings Bank was merged into the Bank as of the acquisition date. In a separate transaction the Company sold most of Brooklyn Federal Savings Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio to a real estate investment fund on January 10, 2012.


81

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition for BFSB, net of cash consideration paid:
 
 
At January 6,
2012
 
(In millions)
Cash and cash equivalents, net
$
27.7

Securities available-for-sale
170.4

Loans receivable
177.5

Accrued interest receivable
1.1

Office properties and equipment, net
5.2

Goodwill
16.7

Intangible assets
0.2

Other assets
9.3

Total assets acquired
408.1

Deposits
(385.9
)
Borrowed funds
(8.2
)
Other liabilities
(6.4
)
Total liabilities assumed
(400.5
)
Net assets acquired
$
7.6

The calculation of goodwill is subject to change for up to one year after closing date of the transactions as additional information relative to closing dates estimates and uncertainties becomes available. As the Company finalizes its analysis of these assets, there may be adjustments to the recorded carrying values.

Fair Value Measurement of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
Described below are the methods used to determine the fair values of the significant assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Marathon and BFSB acquisitions:
Securities. The estimated fair values of the investment securities classified as available for sale were calculated utilizing Level 1 inputs. The prices for these instruments are based upon sales of the securities shortly after the acquisition date.  Investment securities classified as Held to Maturity were valued using a combination of Level 1and Level 2 inputs.  The Company reviewed the data and assumptions used in pricing the securities by its third party provider to ensure the highest level of significant inputs are derived from market observable data.
Loans. The acquired loan portfolio was valued based on guidance from ASC 820-10 which defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  Level 3 procedures utilized to value the portfolio included the use of present value techniques employing cash flow estimates and the incorporated assumptions that marketplace participants would use in estimating fair values.  In instances where reliable market information was not available, the Company used its own assumptions in an effort to determine reasonable fair value.  Specifically, the Company utilized three separate fair value analyses we believe a market participant might employ in estimating the entire fair value adjustment required under ASC 820-10.  The three separate fair valuation methodologies used are: 1) interest rate loan fair value analysis, 2) general credit fair value adjustment and 3) specific credit fair value adjustment.
To prepare the interest rate loan fair value analysis loans were assembled into groupings by characteristics such as loan type, term, collateral and rate.  Market rates for similar loans were obtained from various external data sources and reviewed by Company Management for reasonableness.  The average of these rates was used as the fair value interest rate a market participant would utilize.  A present value approach was utilized to calculate the interest rate fair value adjustment.
The General Credit Risk fair value adjustment was calculated using a two part general credit fair value analysis; 1) expected lifetime losses and 2) estimated fair value adjustment for qualitative factors.  The expected lifetime losses were calculated using an average of historical losses of the Company, Marathon Bank and peer banks.  The adjustment related to qualitative factors was impacted by general economic conditions, the risk related to lack of familiarity with the originator's underwriting process.
To calculate the Specific Credit fair value adjustment the Company reviewed the acquired loan portfolio for loans meeting the definition of an impaired loan as defined by ASC 310-30.  Loans meeting this criteria were reviewed by comparing the contractual

82

Table of Contents

cash flows to expected collectible cash flows.  The aggregate expected cash flows less the acquisition date fair value will result in an accretable yield amount.  The accretable yield amount will be recognized over the life of the loans on a level yield basis as an adjustment to yield.
Deposits / Core Deposit Intangibles. Core deposit intangibles (CDI) represent the value assigned to demand, interest checking, money market and savings accounts acquired as part of an acquisition.  The CDI value represents the future economic benefit, including the present value of future tax benefits, of the potential cost savings from acquiring Core Deposits as part of an acquisition compared to the cost alternative funding sources. 
Certificates of deposit (time deposits) are not considered to be Core Deposits as they are assumed to have a low expected average life upon acquisition.  The fair value of certificates of deposits represents the present value of the certificates' expected contractual payments discounted by market rates for similar CD's. 
Borrowed Funds. The present value approach was used to determine the fair value of the borrowed funds acquired during 2012.  The fair value of liability represents the present value of the expected payments using the three year FHLB advance rate.    

3. Stock Transactions
Stock Offering
The Company completed its initial public stock offering on October 11, 2005 selling 51,627,094 shares, or 44.40% of its outstanding common stock, to subscribers in the offering, including 4,254,072 shares purchased by Investors Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan. Upon completion of the initial public offering, Investors Bancorp, MHC, a New Jersey chartered mutual holding company held 64,844,373 shares, or 54.94% of the Company’s outstanding common stock (shares restated to include shares issued in a business combination subsequent to initial public offering). Additionally, the Company contributed $5.2 million in cash and issued 1,548,813 shares of common stock, or 1.33% of its outstanding shares, to Investors Bank Charitable Foundation resulting in a pre-tax expense charge of $20.7 million. Net proceeds from the initial offering were $509.7 million. The Company contributed $255.0 million of the net proceeds to the Bank. Stock subscription proceeds of $557.9 million were returned to subscribers.
Stock Repurchase Programs
On March 1, 2011, the Company announced its fourth Share Repurchase Program, which authorized the purchase of an additional 10% of its publicly-held outstanding shares of common stock, or 3,876,523 million shares. Under the stock repurchase programs, shares of the Company’s common stock may be purchased in the open market and through privately negotiated transactions, from time to time, depending on market conditions. This stock repurchase program commenced upon the completion of the third program on July 25, 2011. This program has no expiration date and has 2,188,260 shares yet to be purchased as of December 31, 2012.
During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company purchased 60,652 shares at a cost of $902,000, or approximately $14.88 per share. Of the shares purchased through December 31, 2012, 3,412,701 shares were allocated to fund the restricted stock portion of the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The remaining shares are held for general corporate use.
During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company purchased 2,413,455 shares at a cost of $32.5 million, or approximately $13.46 per share. Of the share purchased through December 31, 2011, 2,928,701 shares were allocated to fund the restricted stock portion of the Company's 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The remaining shares are held for general corporate use.
Cash Dividend
On September 28, 2012, the Company declared its first quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share, paid November 1, 2012 to stockholders of record as of October 15, 2012. It was the first dividend since completing its initial public stock offering in October 2005.

4.
Securities
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity for the dates indicated are as follows:
 

83

Table of Contents

 
At December 31, 2012
 
Amortized
cost
 
Gross
unrealized
gains
 
Gross
unrealized
losses
 
Estimated
fair value
 
(In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities
$
3,306

 
855

 

 
4,161

Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government-sponsored enterprises
3,038

 

 
3

 
3,035

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
660,095

 
7,573

 
151

 
667,517

Federal National Mortgage Association
689,587

 
16,735

 
194

 
706,128

Government National Mortgage Association
4,414

 
73

 

 
4,487

Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
1,354,096

 
24,381

 
345

 
1,378,132

Total available-for-sale
1,360,440

 
25,236

 
348

 
1,385,328

Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government-sponsored enterprises
147

 
2

 

 
149

Municipal bonds
21,156

 
1,138

 

 
22,294

Corporate and other debt securities
29,503

 
13,148

 
3,356

 
39,295

Total debt securities held-to-maturity
50,806

 
14,288

 
3,356

 
61,738

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
63,033

 
3,193

 
3

 
66,223

Federal National Mortgage Association
64,278

 
4,843

 

 
69,121

Federal housing authorities
1,805

 
6

 

 
1,811

Total mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
129,116

 
8,042

 
3

 
137,155

Total held-to-maturity
179,922

 
22,330

 
3,359

 
198,893

Total securities
$
1,540,362

 
47,566

 
3,707

 
1,584,221


84

Table of Contents

 
At December 31, 2011
 
Amortized
cost
 
Gross
unrealized
gains
 
Gross
unrealized
losses
 
Estimated
fair value
 
(In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities
$
1,941

 
24

 

 
1,965

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
389,295

 
6,194

 
7

 
395,482

Federal National Mortgage Association
557,746

 
10,261

 
89

 
567,918

Government National Mortgage Association
7,212

 
101

 

 
7,313

Non-agency securities
10,782

 
255

 

 
11,037

Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
965,035

 
16,811

 
96

 
981,750

Total available-for-sale
966,976

 
16,835

 
96

 
983,715

Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government-sponsored enterprises
174

 
1

 

 
175

Municipal bonds
18,001

 
846

 

 
18,847

Corporate and other debt securities
25,511

 
13,846

 
2,651

 
36,706

Total debt securities held-to-maturity
43,686

 
14,693

 
2,651

 
55,728

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
112,540

 
4,878

 
21

 
117,397

Federal National Mortgage Association
103,823

 
6,764

 

 
110,587

Government National Mortgage Association
1,382

 
203

 

 
1,585

Federal housing authorities
2,077

 
60

 

 
2,137

Non-agency securities
24,163

 
302

 
39

 
24,426

Total mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
243,985

 
12,207

 
60

 
256,132

Total held-to-maturity
287,671

 
26,900

 
2,711

 
311,860

Total securities
$
1,254,647

 
43,735

 
2,807

 
1,295,575

Our investment portfolio is comprised primarily of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a Government Sponsored Enterprise (“GSE”) as issuer. Current market conditions have not significantly impacted the pricing of our portfolio or our ability to obtain reliable prices. See note 13 for further discussion on the valuation of securities.




85

Table of Contents

Gross unrealized losses on securities and the estimated fair value of the related securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, was as follows:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or more
 
Total
 
Estimated
fair value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
Estimated
fair value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
Estimated
fair value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
(In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government-sponsored enterprises
$
3,035

 
3

 

 

 
3,035

 
3

Total debt securities available-for-sale
3,035

 
3

 

 

 
3,035

 
3

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
125,707

 
135

 
712

 
16

 
126,419

 
151

Federal National Mortgage Association
67,687

 
194

 

 

 
67,687

 
194

Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
193,394

 
329

 
712

 
16

 
194,106

 
345

Total available-for-sale
196,429

 
332

 
712

 
16

 
197,141

 
348

Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and other debt securities
1,951

 
171

 
1,542

 
3,185

 
3,493

 
3,356

Total debt securities held-to-maturity
1,951

 
171

 
1,542

 
3,185

 
3,493

 
3,356

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
347

 
3

 

 

 
347

 
3

Total mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
347

 
3

 

 

 
347

 
3

Total held-to-maturity
2,298

 
174

 
1,542

 
3,185

 
3,840

 
3,359

Total
$
198,727

 
506

 
2,254

 
3,201

 
200,981

 
3,707

 

86

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2011
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or more
 
Total
 
Estimated
fair value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
Estimated
fair value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
Estimated
fair value
 
Unrealized
losses
 
(In thousands)
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
$
3,485

 
7

 

 

 
3,485

 
7

Federal National Mortgage Association
27,400

 
89

 

 

 
27,400

 
89

Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
30,885

 
96

 

 

 
30,885

 
96

Total available-for-sale
30,885

 
96

 

 

 
30,885

 
96

Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and other debt securities
1,140

 
523

 
635

 
2,128

 
1,775

 
2,651

Total debt securities held-to-maturity
1,140

 
523

 
635

 
2,128

 
1,775

 
2,651

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
1,764

 
21

 

 

 
1,764

 
21

Non-agency securities
2,312

 
39

 

 

 
2,312

 
39

Total mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
4,076

 
60

 

 

 
4,076

 
60

Total held-to-maturity
5,216

 
583

 
635

 
2,128

 
5,851

 
2,711

Total
$
36,101

 
679

 
635

 
2,128

 
36,736

 
2,807

The gross unrealized losses in our corporate and other debt securities accounted for 90.5% of the gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2012. The estimated fair value of our corporate and other debt securities portfolio has been adversely impacted by the current economic environment, current market rates, wider credit spreads and credit deterioration subsequent to the purchase of these securities. The portfolio consists of 36 pooled trust preferred securities (“TruPS”), principally issued by banks. At December 31, 2012, the amortized cost and estimated fair values of the trust preferred portfolio was $29.5 million and $39.3 million, respectively with 12 of the securities in an unrealized loss position (see "OTTI" for further discussion). The Company has no intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, the debt securities in an unrealized loss position before the recovery of their amortized cost basis or maturity.


87

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Company’s pooled trust preferred securities as of December 31, 2012. The Company does not own any single-issuer trust preferred securities.
 
(Dollars in 000’s)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Description
Class
 
Book Value
 
Fair Value
 
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
 
Number of
Issuers
Currently
Performing
 
Current
Deferrals and
Defaults as a
% of Total
Collateral (1)
 
Expected
Deferrals and
Defaults as %
of Remaining
Collateral (2)
 
Excess
Subordination
as a % of
Performing
Collateral (3)
 
Moody’s/
Fitch Credit
Ratings
Alesco PF II
B1
 
$
250.0

 
$
332.7

 
$
82.7

 
31

 
10.56
%
 
12.05
%
 
%
 
Ca / C
Alesco PF III
B1
 
561.1

 
979.0

 
417.9

 
35

 
10.09
%
 
12.51
%
 
%
 
Ca / C
Alesco PF III
B2
 
224.6

 
391.6

 
167.0

 
35

 
10.09
%
 
12.51
%
 
%
 
Ca / C
Alesco PF IV
B1
 
309.9

 
312.6

 
2.7

 
37

 
3.48
%
 
17.24
%
 
%
 
C / C
Alesco PF VI
C2
 
519.2

 
843.0

 
323.8

 
43

 
7.94
%
 
18.63
%
 
%
 
Ca / C
MM Comm III
B
 
1,016.2

 
3,160.8

 
2,144.4

 
6

 
26.67
%
 
9.37
%
 
12.84
%
 
Ba1 / B
MM Comm IX
B1
 
59.9

 
32.3

 
(27.6
)
 
16

 
33.18
%
 
19.70
%
 
%
 
Ca / CC
MMCaps XVII
C1
 
1,233.8

 
1,380.4

 
146.6

 
34

 
11.60
%
 
12.65
%
 
%
 
Ca / C
MMCaps XIX
C
 
441.1

 
17.5

 
(423.6
)
 
31

 
27.15
%
 
17.77
%
 
%
 
C / C
Tpref I
B
 
1,234.0

 
1,861.1

 
627.1

 
10

 
47.84
%
 
10.08
%
 
%
 
Ca / WD
Tpref II
B
 
3,453.6

 
3,551.3

 
97.7

 
16

 
33.39
%
 
17.92
%
 
%
 
Caa3 / C
US Cap I
B2
 
731.2

 
1,223.4

 
492.2

 
29

 
13.00
%
 
12.03
%
 
%
 
Caa1 / C
US Cap I
B1
 
2,173.9

 
3,670.2

 
1,496.3

 
29

 
13.00
%
 
12.03
%
 
%
 
Caa1 / C
US Cap II
B1
 
1,115.1

 
1,895.5

 
780.4

 
37

 
13.28
%
 
11.26
%
 
%
 
Caa3 / C
US Cap III
B1
 
1,508.2

 
1,770.7

 
262.6

 
30

 
14.10
%
 
16.30
%
 
%
 
Ca / C
US Cap IV
B1
 
918.5

 
57.0

 
(861.5
)
 
44

 
33.63
%
 
20.39
%
 
%
 
C / D
Trapeza XII
C1
 
1,443.2

 
288.7

 
(1,154.6
)
 
29

 
23.18
%
 
25.74
%
 
%
 
C / C
Trapeza XIII
C1
 
1,390.9

 
1,294.0

 
(96.9
)
 
43

 
17.80
%
 
17.66
%
 
%
 
Ca / C
Pretsl XXIII
A1
 
635.9

 
1,350.4

 
714.5

 
65

 
19.74
%
 
20.03
%
 
31.40
%
 
A3 / BBB
Pretsl XXIV
A1
 
2,233.2

 
4,040.4

 
1,807.2

 
59

 
25.13
%
 
21.59
%
 
24.85
%
 
Baa3 / BBB
Pretsl IV
Mez
 
131.4

 
185.2

 
53.8

 
5

 
18.05
%
 
15.17
%
 
19.00
%
 
Caa2 / CCC
Pretsl V
Mez
 
14.7

 
16.2

 
1.5

 

 
65.46
%
 
%
 
%
 
C / WD
Pretsl VII
Mez
 
736.1

 
2,295.2

 
1,559.1

 
12

 
40.32
%
 
16.17
%
 
%
 
Ca / C
Pretsl XV
B1
 
830.3

 
1,122.8

 
292.4

 
51

 
15.33
%
 
23.06
%
 
%
 
C / C
Pretsl XVII
C
 
538.1

 
400.1

 
(138.0
)
 
35

 
13.88
%
 
31.92
%
 
%
 
C / C
Pretsl XVIII
C
 
1,247.6

 
1,382.3

 
134.7

 
54

 
18.87
%
 
16.94
%
 
%
 
Ca / C
Pretsl XIX
C
 
524.6

 
423.5

 
(101.1
)
 
48

 
17.35
%
 
16.13
%
 
%
 
C / C
Pretsl XX
C
 
265.1

 
130.5

 
(134.6
)
 
43

 
19.74
%
 
21.44
%
 
%
 
C / C
Pretsl XXI
C1
 
508.8

 
908.7

 
399.8

 
48

 
18.88
%
 
21.67
%
 
%
 
C / C
Pretsl XXIII
A-FP
 
993.1

 
1,773.4

 
780.4

 
93

 
20.48
%
 
15.37
%
 
18.28
%
 
B1 / BB
Pretsl XXIV
C1
 
536.4

 
192.7

 
(343.6
)
 
59

 
25.13
%
 
21.59
%
 
%
 
C / C
Pretsl XXV
C1
 
285.3

 
242.3

 
(43.0
)
 
48

 
25.56
%
 
18.69
%
 
%
 
C / C
Pretsl XXVI
C1
 
326.0

 
470.8

 
144.9

 
52

 
23.64
%
 
16.04
%
 
%
 
C / C
Pref Pretsl IX
B2
 
405.3

 
471.3

 
66.0

 

 
19.83
%
 
13.32
%
 
%
 
Ca/ C
Pretsl II
B1
 
436.4

 
521.3

 
84.9

 

 
7.20
%
 
12.51
%
 
%
 
B
Pretsl X
C2
 
270.0

 
305.5

 
35.5

 

 
28.44
%
 
13.82
%
 
%
 
Ca / C
 
 
 
$
29,502.7

 
$
39,294.4

 
$
9,791.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

88

Table of Contents

 
(1)
At December 31, 2012, assumed recoveries for current deferrals and defaulted issuers ranged from 0.0% to 32.2%.
(2)
At December 31, 2012, assumed recoveries for expected deferrals and defaulted issuers ranged from 5.1% to 15.0%.
(3)
Excess subordination represents the amount of remaining performing collateral that is in excess of the amount needed to pay off a specified class of bonds and all classes senior to the specified class. Excess subordination reduces an investor’s potential risk of loss on their investment as excess subordination absorbs principal and interest shortfalls in the event underlying issuers are not able to make their contractual payments.
A portion of the Company’s securities are pledged to secure borrowings. The contractual maturities of mortgage-backed securities generally exceed 20 years; however, the effective lives are expected to be shorter due to anticipated prepayments. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to prepayment or early call privileges of the issuer, therefore, mortgage-backed securities are not included in the following table. The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2012, by contractual maturity, are shown below. 
 
December 31, 2012
 
Amortized
cost
 
Estimated
fair value
 
(In thousands)
Due in one year or less
$
15,421

 
15,421

Due after one year through five years
3,623

 
3,657

Due after five years through ten years
167

 
169

Due after ten years
34,633

 
45,526

Total
$
53,844

 
64,773

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment (“OTTI”)
We conduct a quarterly review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its cost or amortized cost, and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. If a determination is made that a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company will estimate the amount of the unrealized loss that is attributable to credit and all other non-credit related factors. The credit related component will be recognized as an other-than-temporary impairment charge in non-interest income as a component of gain (loss) on securities, net. The non-credit related component will be recorded as an adjustment to accumulate other comprehensive income, net of tax.
Through the use of a valuation specialist, we evaluate the credit and performance of each underlying issuer of our trust preferred securities by deriving probabilities and assumptions for default, recovery and prepayment/amortization for the expected cash flows for each security. At December 31, 2012, management deemed that the present value of projected cash flows for each security was greater than the book value and did not recognize any OTTI charges for the year ended December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, non credit-related OTTI recorded on the previously impaired pooled trust preferred securities was $28.5 million ($16.9 million after-tax).
The following table presents the changes in the credit loss component of the impairment loss of debt securities that the Company has written down for such loss as an other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings.
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(In thousands)
Balance of credit related OTTI, beginning of period
$
117,003

 
119,809

 
121,033

Additions:
 
 
 
 
 
Initial credit impairments

 

 

Subsequent credit impairments

 

 

Reductions:
 
 
 
 
 
Accretion of credit loss impairment due to an increase in expected cash flows
(2,489
)
 
(2,806
)
 
(1,224
)
Balance of credit related OTTI, end of period
$
114,514

 
117,003

 
119,809


The credit loss component of the impairment loss represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows and the amortized cost basis of the securities prior to considering credit losses. The beginning balance represents the credit loss

89

Table of Contents

component for debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment occurred prior to the period presented. If other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings for credit impaired debt securities, they would be presented as additions in two components based upon whether the current period is the first time a debt security was credit impaired (initial credit impairment) or is not the first time a debt security was credit impaired (subsequent credit impairments). The credit loss component is reduced if the Company sells, intends to sell or believes it will be required to sell previously credit impaired debt securities. Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if (i) the Company receives cash flows in excess of what it expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit impaired debt security, (ii) the security matures or (iii) the security is fully written down.
Realized Gains and Losses
Gains and losses on the sale of all securities are determined using the specific identification method. For the year ended December 31, 2012, proceeds from sales of securities from available-for-sale portfolio were $216.8 million, which resulted in gross realized gains of $176,000 and no gross realized losses. Included in the sales proceeds for the year ended December 31, 2012 were $166.8 million that were acquired from BFSB. In addition, the Company realized a $42,000 loss on capital distributions of equity securities during the year ended December 31, 2012.
For the year ended December 31, 2012 proceeds from sales of securities from held-to-maturities portfolio were $14.9 million, which resulted in gross realized gains of $193,000 and gross realized losses of $53,000. Sales from the held-to-maturity portfolio, which had a book value of $14.9 million, met the criteria of principal pay downs under 85% of the original investment amount and therefore do not result in a tainting of the held-to-maturity portfolio.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities from the available-for-sale portfolio were $37.0 million which resulted in gross realized gains and gross realized losses of $937,000 and $2,105,000, respectively. The $2.1 million in gross realized losses was due to the sale of non-agency mortgage backed securities with a book value of$18.7 million.
For the year ended December 31, 2011, proceeds from sales of securities from the held-to-maturity portfolio were $21.4 million which resulted in gross realized gains and gross realized losses of $925,000 and $103,000, respectively. Sales from the held-to-maturity portfolio, which had a book value of $20.5 million, met the criteria of principal pay downs under 85% of the original investment amount and therefore do not result in a tainting of the held-to-maturity portfolio. The Company sells securities when market pricing presents, in management’s assessment, an economic benefit that outweighs holding such securities, and when smaller balance securities become cost prohibitive to carry. In addition, the Company realized a $92,000 gain on capital distributions of equity securities and a $3,000 loss on the call of debt securities for the year ended December 31, 2011.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities from the available-for-sale portfolio were $12.0 million which resulted in gross realized gains and gross realized losses of $284,000 and $258,000, respectively. In addition, the Company realized a $30,000 loss on paydowns of securities previously written down through OTTI and gross realized gains and gross realized losses of $56,000 and $14,000, respectively, on capital funds.
There were no sales from the held-to-maturity portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2010; however, the Company realized a $3,000 loss on the call of debt securities for the year ended December 31, 2010.


90

Table of Contents

5.
Loans Receivable, Net
The detail of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012 was as follows:
 
 
December 31,
2012
 
 
December 31,
2011
 
(In thousands)
Residential mortgage loans
$
4,837,838

 
 
5,033,832

Multi-family loans
2,995,052

 
 
1,816,118

Commercial real estate loans
1,966,156

 
 
1,418,089

Construction loans
224,816

 
 
277,625

Consumer and other loans
238,922

 
 
242,227

Commercial and industrial loans
168,943

 
 
106,299

Total loans excluding PCI loans
10,431,727

 
 
8,894,190

PCI loans
6,744

 
 
876

Total loans
10,438,471

 
 
8,895,066

Net unamortized premiums and deferred loan costs
10,487

 
 
16,387

Allowance for loan losses
(142,172
)
 
 
(117,242
)
Net loans
$
10,306,786

 
 
8,794,211


Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans
Purchased Credit-Impaired ("PCI") loans, are loans acquired at a discount that is due, in part, to credit quality. In conjunction with the Marathon acquisition, there were 9 PCI loans totaling $6.1 million at December 31, 2012. PCI loans are accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30 and are initially recorded at fair value (as determined by the present value of expected future cash flows) with no valuation allowance (i.e., the allowance for loan losses).
The following table presents information regarding the estimates of the contractually required payments, the cash flows expected to be collected, and the estimated fair value of the PCI loans acquired in Marathon Bank acquisition as of October 15, 2012:

 
October 15, 2012
 
(In thousands)
Contractually required principal and interest
$
11,774

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (non-accretable difference)
(4,163
)
Expected cash flows to be collected
7,611

Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable yield)
(1,537
)
Fair value of acquired loans
$
6,074


The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for PCI loans during the year ended December 31, 2012:
 
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
(In thousands)
Balance, beginning of period
$

Acquisitions
1,537

Accretion
(80
)
Net reclassification from non-accretable difference

Balance, end of period
$
1,457


91

Table of Contents

An analysis of the allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(In thousands)
Balance at beginning of the period
$
117,242

 
90,931

 
55,052

Loans charged off
(44,150
)
 
(50,187
)
 
(30,829
)
Recoveries
4,080

 
998

 
208

Net charge-offs
(40,070
)
 
(49,189
)
 
(30,621
)
Provision for loan losses
65,000

 
75,500

 
66,500

Balance at end of the period
$
142,172

 
117,242

 
90,931

The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses that is charged against income. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we make significant estimates and therefore, have identified the allowance as a critical accounting policy. The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for loan losses.
The allowance for loan losses has been determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, under which we are required to maintain an allowance for probable losses at the balance sheet date. We are responsible for the timely and periodic determination of the amount of the allowance required. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover specifically identifiable losses, as well as estimated losses inherent in our portfolio for which certain losses are probable but not specifically identifiable. No allowance has been provided for the loans acquired in the Brooklyn Federal Savings Bank and Marathon Bank transaction as the loans were marked to fair value on the date of acquisition and there has been no subsequent credit deterioration.
Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The analysis of the allowance for loan losses has two components: specific and general allocations. Specific allocations are made for loans determined to be impaired. A loan is deemed to be impaired if it is a commercial real estate, multi-family or construction loan with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million and on non-accrual status, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”), and other loans if management has specific information of a collateral shortfall. Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses. The general allocation is determined by segregating the remaining loans, including those loans not meeting the Company’s definition of an impaired loan, by type of loan, risk rating (if applicable) and payment history. In addition, the Company also considers whether residential loans are fixed or adjustable rate. We also analyze historical loss experience, delinquency trends, general economic conditions, geographic concentrations, and industry and peer comparisons. This analysis establishes factors that are applied to the loan groups to determine the amount of the general allocations. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance for loan losses we have established which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.
On a quarterly basis, management’s Allowance for Loan Loss Committee reviews the current status of various loan assets in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. In this evaluation process, specific loans are analyzed to determine their potential risk of loss. This process includes all loans, concentrating on non-accrual and classified loans. Each non-accrual or classified loan is evaluated for potential loss exposure. Any shortfall results in a recommendation of a specific allowance or charge-off if the likelihood of loss is evaluated as probable. To determine the adequacy of collateral on a particular loan, an estimate of the fair value of the collateral is based on the most current appraised value available. This appraised value is then reduced to reflect estimated liquidation expenses.
The results of this quarterly process are summarized along with recommendations and presented to Executive and Senior Management for their review. Based on these recommendations, loan loss allowances are approved by Executive and Senior Management. All supporting documentation with regard to the evaluation process, loan loss experience, allowance levels and the schedules of classified loans are maintained by the Lending Administration Department. A summary of loan loss allowances and the methodology employed to determine such allowances is presented to the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.
Our primary lending emphasis has been the origination of commercial real estate loans, multi-family loans and the origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans. We also originate commercial and industrial loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. These activities resulted in a loan concentration in residential mortgages, as well as a concentration of loans secured by real estate property located in New Jersey and New York. Based on the composition of our loan portfolio, we believe the primary risks are

92

Table of Contents

increases in interest rates, a continued decline in the general economy, and a further decline in real estate market values in New Jersey, New York and surrounding states. Any one or combination of these events may adversely affect our loan portfolio resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of loan loss provisions. We consider it important to maintain the ratio of our allowance for loan losses to total loans at an adequate level given current economic conditions and the composition of the portfolio. As a substantial amount of our loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, appraisals of the underlying value of property securing loans are critical in determining the amount of the allowance required for specific loans. Assumptions for appraisal valuations are instrumental in determining the value of properties. Overly optimistic assumptions or negative changes to assumptions could significantly impact the valuation of a property securing a loan and the related allowance determined. The assumptions supporting such appraisals are carefully reviewed by management to determine that the resulting values reasonably reflect amounts realizable on the related loans.
For commercial real estate, construction and multi-family loans, the Company obtains an appraisal for all collateral dependent loans upon origination and an updated appraisal in the event interest or principal payments are 90 days delinquent or when the timely collection of such income is considered doubtful. This is done in order to determine the specific reserve needed upon initial recognition of a collateral dependent loan as non-accrual and/or impaired. In subsequent reporting periods, as part of the allowance for loan loss process, the Company reviews each collateral dependent commercial real estate loan previously classified as non-accrual and/or impaired and assesses whether there has been an adverse change in the collateral value supporting the loan. The Company utilizes information from its commercial lending officers and its loan workout department’s knowledge of changes in real estate conditions in our lending area to identify if possible deterioration of collateral value has occurred. Based on the severity of the changes in market conditions, management determines if an updated appraisal is warranted or if downward adjustments to the previous appraisal are warranted. If it is determined that the deterioration of the collateral value is significant enough to warrant ordering a new appraisal, an estimate of the downward adjustments to the existing appraised value is used in assessing if additional specific reserves are necessary until the updated appraisal is received.
For homogeneous residential mortgage loans, the Company’s policy is to obtain an appraisal upon the origination of the loan and an updated appraisal in the event a loan becomes 90 days delinquent. Thereafter, the appraisal is updated every 2 years if the loan remains in non-performing status and the foreclosure process has not been completed. Management adjusts the appraised value of residential loans to reflect estimated selling costs and declines in the real estate market.
Management believes the potential risk for outdated appraisals for impaired and other non-performing loans has been mitigated due to the fact that the loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral. Loans are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collectability of the full principal balance is in doubt.
Our allowance for loan losses reflects probable losses considering, among other things, the continued adverse economic conditions, the actual growth and change in composition of our loan portfolio, the level of our non-performing loans and our charge-off experience. We believe the allowance for loan losses reflects the inherent credit risk in our portfolio.
Although we believe we have established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels, additions may be necessary if the current economic environment continues or deteriorates. Management uses the best information available; however, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.


93

Table of Contents

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
Residential
Mortgage
 
Multi-
Family
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Construction
Loans
 
Commercial
and Industrial
Loans
 
Consumer
and Other
Loans
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance-December 31, 2011
$
32,447

 
13,863

 
30,947

 
22,839

 
3,677

 
1,335

 
12,134

 
117,242

Charge-offs
(20,180
)
 
(9,058
)
 
(479
)
 
(13,227
)
 
(99
)
 
(1,107
)
 

 
(44,150
)
Recoveries
593

 

 
43

 
3,387

 
23

 
34

 

 
4,080

Provision
32,509

 
25,048

 
2,836

 
3,063

 
493

 
1,824

 
(773
)
 
65,000

Ending balance-December 31, 2012
$
45,369

 
29,853

 
33,347

 
16,062

 
4,094

 
2,086

 
11,361

 
142,172

Balance at December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
2,142

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2,142

Collectively evaluated for impairment
43,227

 
29,853

 
33,347

 
16,062

 
4,094

 
2,086

 
11,361

 
140,030

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
$
45,369

 
29,853

 
33,347

 
16,062

 
4,094

 
2,086

 
11,361

 
142,172

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
12,235

 
10,574

 
7,075

 
26,314

 
1,208

 

 

 
57,406

Collectively evaluated for impairment
4,825,603

 
2,984,478

 
1,959,081

 
198,502

 
167,735

 
238,922

 

 
10,374,321

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
477

 
419

 
5,533

 

 
315

 

 

 
6,744

 
$
4,838,315

 
2,995,471

 
1,971,689

 
224,816

 
169,258

 
238,922

 

 
10,438,471


94

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2011
 
Residential
Mortgage
 
Multi-
Family
 
Commercial
Real Estate
 
Construction
Loans
 
Commercial
and Industrial
Loans
 
Consumer
and Other
Loans
 
Unallocated
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Allowance for loan losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance-December 31, 2010
$
20,489

 
10,454

 
16,432

 
34,669

 
2,189

 
866

 
5,832

 
90,931

Charge-offs
(9,304
)
 
(363
)
 
(7,637
)
 
(30,548
)
 
(1,621
)
 
(714
)
 

 
(50,187
)
Recoveries
388

 
19

 

 
576

 
13

 
2

 

 
998

Provision
20,874

 
3,753

 
22,152

 
18,142

 
3,096

 
1,181

 
6,302

 
75,500

Ending balance-December 31, 2011
$
32,447

 
13,863

 
30,947

 
22,839

 
3,677

 
1,335

 
12,134

 
117,242

Balance at December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
1,605

 

 

 
5,800

 

 

 

 
7,405

Collectively evaluated for impairment
30,842

 
13,863

 
30,947

 
17,039

 
3,677

 
1,335

 
12,134

 
109,837

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
$
32,447

 
13,863

 
30,947

 
22,839

 
3,677

 
1,335

 
12,134

 
117,242

Loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
8,465

 

 
2,268

 
59,971

 

 

 

 
70,704

Collectively evaluated for impairment
5,025,367

 
1,816,118

 
1,415,821

 
217,654

 
106,299

 
242,227

 

 
8,823,486

Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
329

 

 
547

 

 

 

 

 
876

 
$
5,034,161

 
1,816,118

 
1,418,636

 
277,625

 
106,299

 
242,227

 

 
8,895,066

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and current economic trends, among other factors. For non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans the Company analyzes the loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk and assesses the probability of collection for each type of class. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:
Pass - “Pass” assets are well protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor (or guarantors, if any) or by the fair value, less cost to acquire and sell, of any underlying collateral in a timely manner.
Special Mention - A “Special Mention” asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification. Residential loans delinquent 30-89 days are considered special mention.
Substandard - A “Substandard” asset is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Residential loans delinquent 90 days or greater are considered substandard.

95

Table of Contents

Doubtful - An asset classified “Doubtful” has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable on the basis of currently known facts, conditions, and values.
Loss - An asset or portion thereof, classified “Loss” is considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance on the institution’s books as an asset, without establishment of a specific valuation allowance or charge-off, is not warranted. This classification does not necessarily mean that an asset has no recovery or salvage value; but rather, there is much doubt about whether, how much, or when the recovery will occur. As such, it is not practical or desirable to defer the write-off.
The following tables present the risk category of loans as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 by class of loans excluding the PCI loans:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
Pass
 
Special Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Loss
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Residential
$
4,714,303

 
45,144

 
78,266

 
125

 

 
4,837,838

Multi-family
2,945,844

 
31,594

 
17,614

 

 

 
2,995,052

Commercial real estate
1,924,655

 
18,869

 
22,632

 

 

 
1,966,156

Construction
160,390

 
3,315

 
61,111

 

 

 
224,816

Commercial and industrial
162,428

 
3,319

 
3,196

 

 

 
168,943

Consumer and Other
236,418

 
1,065

 
1,238

 
201

 

 
238,922

Total
$
10,144,038

 
103,306

 
184,057

 
326

 

 
10,431,727

Need to tag consumer and other
 
December 31, 2011
 
Pass
 
Special Mention
 
Substandard
 
Doubtful
 
Loss
 
Total
 
(In thousands)
Residential
$
4,925,055

 
27,930

 
80,847

 

 

 
5,033,832

Multi-family
1,777,434

 
16,053

 
22,631

 

 

 
1,816,118

Commercial real estate
1,390,725

 
8,596

 
18,768

 

 

 
1,418,089

Construction
173,392

 
18,103

 
81,267

 
4,863

 

 
277,625

Commercial and industrial
90,903

 
9,933

 
5,463

 

 

 
106,299

Consumer and Other
240,031

 
1,206

 
990

 

 

 
242,227

Total
$
8,597,540

 
81,821

 
209,966

 
4,863

 

 
8,894,190

Consumer loans are managed on a pool basis due to their homogeneous nature. Loans that are delinquent 90 days or more are considered non-accrual status. At December 31, 2012 there were $238.9 million of outstanding consumer and other loans, of which $1.2 million were on non-accrual status. At December 31, 2011 there were $242.2 million of outstanding consumer and other loans, of which $1.0 million were on non-accrual status.


96

Table of Contents

The following tables present the payment status of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 by class of loans excluding the PCI loans:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
30-59 Days
 
60-89 Days
 
Greater
than 90
Days
 
Total Past
Due
 
Current
 
Total
Loans
Receivable
 
(In thousands)
Residential mortgage
$
33,451

 
11,715

 
76,088

 
121,254

 
4,716,584

 
4,837,838

Multi-family
191

 
3,950

 
11,143

 
15,284

 
2,979,768

 
2,995,052

Commercial real estate
16,469

 
3,016

 
753

 
20,238

 
1,945,918

 
1,966,156

Construction

 

 
18,876

 
18,876

 
205,940

 
224,816

Commercial and industrial
631

 
2,639

 
375

 
3,645

 
165,298

 
168,943

Consumer and other
881

 
196

 
1,238

 
2,315

 
236,607

 
238,922

Total
$
51,623

 
21,516

 
108,473

 
181,612

 
10,250,115

 
10,431,727

 

 
December 31, 2011
 
30-59 Days
 
60-89 Days
 
Greater
than 90
Days
 
Total Past
Due
 
Current
 
Total
Loans
Receivable
 
(In thousands)
Residential mortgage
$
18,083

 
9,847

 
80,703

 
108,633

 
4,925,199

 
5,033,832

Multi-family
796

 
6,180

 

 
6,976

 
1,809,142

 
1,816,118

Commercial real estate
1,492

 

 
73

 
1,565

 
1,416,524

 
1,418,089

Construction
674

 
8,068

 
40,362

 
49,104

 
228,521

 
277,625

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 
106,299

 
106,299

Consumer and other
1,033

 
173

 
1,009

 
2,215

 
240,012

 
242,227

Total
$
22,078

 
24,268

 
122,147

 
168,493

 
8,725,697

 
8,894,190

The following table presents non-accrual loans excluding PCI loans at the dates indicated:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
# of loans
 
Amount
 
# of loans
 
Amount
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual:
 
Residential and consumer
354

 
$
82,533

 
321

 
$
85,065

Construction
9

 
25,764

 
15

 
57,070

Multi-family
5

 
11,143

 

 

Commercial real estate
4

 
753

 
1

 
73

Commercial and industrial
2

 
375

 

 

Total Non-accrual Loans
374

 
$
120,568

 
337

 
$
142,208

Based on management’s evaluation, at December 31, 2012, the Company classified 3 TDR construction loans totaling $6.9 million and 13 TDR residential loans totaling $3.9 million that were current as non-accrual. The Company has no loans past due 90 days or more delinquent that are still accruing interest. As of December 31, 2012, there were $6.1 million of PCI loans, of which 6 PCI loans totaling $5.3 million were current and 3 PCI loans totaling $817,000 were 90 days or more delinquent.
At December 31, 2012 and 2011, loans meeting the Company’s definition of an impaired loan were primarily collateral dependent and totaled $57.4 million and $70.7 million, respectively, with allocations of the allowance for loan losses of $2.1 million and $7.4 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, interest income received and recognized on these loans totaled $1.6 million and $1.9 million, respectively.

97

Table of Contents


The following tables present loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2012 and
December 31, 2011:
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
(In thousands)
With no related allowance:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
1,448

 
2,176

 

 
1,375

 
20

Multi-family
10,574

 
19,336

 

 
6,764

 
310

Commercial real estate
7,075

 
7,476

 

 
5,081

 
492

Construction loans
26,314

 
43,945

 

 
25,557

 
384

Commercial and industrial
1,208

 
1,208

 

 
641

 
90

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
10,787

 
11,075

 
2,142

 
9,569

 
283

Multi-family

 

 

 
2,316

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 

 

Construction loans

 

 

 
17,054

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 

Total:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
12,235

 
13,251

 
2,142

 
10,944

 
303

Multi-family
10,574

 
19,336

 

 
9,080

 
310

Commercial real estate
7,075

 
7,476

 

 
5,081

 
492

Construction loans
26,314

 
43,945

 

 
42,611

 
384

Commercial and industrial
1,208

 
1,208

 

 
641

 
90

Total impaired loans
$
57,406

 
85,216

 
2,142

 
68,357

 
1,579


98

Table of Contents

 
December 31, 2011
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Interest
Income
Recognized
 
(In thousands)
With no related allowance:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
$
114

 
114

 

 
126

 
5

Multi-family

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
2,268

 
2,268

 

 
1,180

 
136

Construction loans
43,590

 
79,187

 

 
26,463

 
1,069

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
8,351

 
8,351

 
1,605

 
5,910

 
327

Multi-family

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

 

 

 
1,361

 

Construction loans
16,381

 
16,381

 
5,800

 
39,115

 
400

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 

Total:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
8,465

 
8,465

 
1,605

 
6,036

 
332

Multi-family

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate
2,268

 
2,268

 

 
2,541

 
136

Construction loans
59,971

 
95,568

 
5,800

 
65,578

 
1,469

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 

Total impaired loans
$
70,704

 
106,301

 
7,405

 
74,155

 
1,937

The average recorded investment is the annual average calculated based upon the ending quarterly balances. The interest income recognized is the year to date interest income recognized on a cash basis.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
On a case-by-case basis, the Company may agree to modify the contractual terms of a borrower’s loan to remain competitive and assist customers who may be experiencing financial difficulty, as well as preserve the Company’s position in the loan. If the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and a concession has been made at the time of such modification, the loan is classified as a troubled debt restructured loan.
Substantially all of our troubled debt restructured loan modifications involve lowering the monthly payments on such loans through either a reduction in interest rate below a market rate, an extension of the term of the loan, or a combination of these two methods. These modifications rarely result in the forgiveness of principal or accrued interest. In addition, we frequently obtain additional collateral or guarantor support when modifying commercial loans. If the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and our underwriting process shows the borrower has the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will continue to accrue interest. Non-accruing restructured loans may be returned to accrual status when there has been a sustained period of repayment performance (generally six consecutive months of payments) and both principal and interest are deemed collectible.
As a result of the adoption of ASU 2011-02, Receivables (Topic 310): A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring, the Company reassessed all restructurings which occurred on or after January 1, 2011 for identification as TDRs and has concluded that there were no additional TDRs identified that have not been previously disclosed.


99

Table of Contents

The following tables present the total troubled debt restructured loans at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 excluding the PCI loans:
 
 
Accrual
 
Non-accrual
 
Total
 
# of loans
 
Amount
 
# of loans
 
Amount
 
# of loans
 
Amount
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential mortgage
18

 
$
7,178

 
21

 
$
5,057

 
39

 
$
12,235

Commercial real estate
3

 
7,471

 

 

 
3

 
7,471

Commercial and industrial
1

 
1,107

 

 

 
1

 
1,107

Construction

 

 
3

 
6,888

 
3

 
6,888

 
22

 
$
15,756

 
24

 
$
11,945

 
46

 
$
27,701


 
Accrual
 
Non-accrual
 
Total
 
# of loans
 
Amount
 
# of loans
 
Amount
 
# of loans
 
Amount
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Residential mortgage
13

 
$
5,297

 
7

 
$
3,168

 
20

 
$
8,465

Commercial real estate
1

 
2,268

 

 

 
1

 
2,268

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

 

 

Construction
1

 
2,900

 
2

 
8,640

 
3

 
11,540

 
15

 
$
10,465

 
9

 
$
11,808

 
24

 
$
22,273



The following tables present information about troubled debt restructurings which occurred during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:
 
 
Year ended December 31, 2012
 
Number of
Loans
 
Pre-modification
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-
modification
Recorded
Investment
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Troubled Debt Restructings:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
20
 
$
5,477

 
$
5,523

Commercial real estate
1
 
4,901

 
4,901

Commercial and industrial
1
 
1,107

 
1,107

 
 
Year ended December 31, 2011
 
Number of
Loans
 
Pre-modification
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-
modification
Recorded
Investment
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Troubled Debt Restructings:
 
 
 
 
 
Residential mortgage
7
 
$
3,735

 
$
3,725

Commercial real estate
1
 
2,268

 
2,268

Commercial and industrial
3
 
12,067

 
11,635


Post-modification recorded investment represents the balance immediately following modification. Residential mortgage loan modifications primarily involved the reduction in loan interest rate and extension of loan maturity dates.

100

Table of Contents

All TDRs are impaired loans, which are individually evaluated for impairment, as discussed above. Collateral dependant impaired loans classified as TDRs were written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral. There were $3.5 million in charges-offs for collateral dependant TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2012. The allowance for loan losses associated with the TDRs presented in the above tables, totaled $2.1 million at December 31, 2012, and was included in the allowance for loan losses for loans individually evaluated for impairment. Collateral dependant impaired loans classified as TDRs were written down to the estimated fair value of the collateral. There were $110,000 in charges-offs for collateral dependant TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. The allowance for loan losses associated with the TDRs presented in the above tables, totaled $5.2 million at December 31, 2011, and was included in the allowance for loan losses for loans individually evaluated for impairment.
For the year ended December 31, 2012, there were 20 residential TDRs that had a weighted average modified interest rate of approximately 3.15% compared to a yield of 5.67% prior to modification. Several residential TDRs include step up interest rates in their modified terms which will impact their weighted average yield in the future. The commercial real estate TDRs had a weighted average modified interest rate of approximately 5.75% as compared to a yield of 5.82% prior to modification for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2011, there were residential TDRs that had a weighted average modified interest rate of approximately 4.55% compared to a yield of 6.01% prior to modification. Several residential TDRs include step up interest rates in their modified terms which will impact their weighted average yield in the future. The commercial real estate TDRs had a weighted average modified interest rate of approximately 5.50% as compared to a yield of 6.36% prior to modification for the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively.
Loans modified as TDRs in the previous 12 months to December 31, 2012, for which there was a payment default consisted of one construction loan with a recorded investment of $2.9 million and 3 residential loans with a recorded investment of $413,000 at December 31, 2012. Loans modified as TDRs in the previous 12 months to December 31, 2011, for which there was a payment default consisted of one residential loan with a recorded investment of $144,000 at December 31, 2011.

6. Office Properties and Equipment, Net
Office properties and equipment are summarized as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
(In thousands)
Land
 
$
10,728

 
9,087

Office buildings
 
27,715

 
21,647

Leasehold improvements
 
42,419

 
26,726

Furniture, fixtures and equipment
 
33,577

 
20,375

Construction in process
 
20,062

 
6,726

 
 
134,501

 
84,561

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
 
43,093

 
24,006

 
 
$
91,408

 
60,555

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $7.2 million, $6.4 million and $4.7 million, respectively.


101

Table of Contents

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was approximately $77.1 million and $22.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2012, goodwill reflects the acquisitions of Marathon and BFSB.

The following table summarizes other intangible assets as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:
    
 
 
Gross Intangible Asset
 
Accumulated Amortization
 
Valuation Allowance
 
Net Intangible Assets
 
 
(In thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
$
37,838

 
$
(24,107
)
 
$
(1,705
)
 
$
12,026

Core Deposit Premiums
 
14,338

 
(4,455
)
 

 
9,883

Other
 
300

 
(50
)
 

 
250

Total other intangible assets
 
$
52,476

 
$
(28,612
)
 
$
(1,705
)
 
$
22,159

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
$
21,577

 
$
(10,042
)
 
$
(729
)
 
$
10,806

Core Deposit Premiums
 
9,087

 
(2,920
)
 

 
6,167

Other
 
300

 
(20
)
 

 
280

Total other intangible assets
 
$
30,964

 
$
(12,982
)
 
$
(729
)
 
$
17,253

Mortgage servicing rights are accounted for using the amortization method. Under this method, the Company amortizes the loan servicing asset in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. During 2008, the Company began selling loans on a servicing-retained basis. Loans that were sold on this basis, amounted to $1.40 billion and $1.14 billion at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 respectively, all of which relate to residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the servicing asset, included in intangible assets, had an estimated fair value of $12.0 million and $10.8 million, respectively. Fair value was based on expected future cash flows considering a weighted average discount rate of 10% , a weighted average constant prepayment rate on mortgages of 13.5% and a weighted average life of 4.6 years.
Core deposit premiums are amortized using an accelerated method and having a weighted average amortization period of 10 years. For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company recorded $5.2 million in core deposit premiums resulting from the acquisitions of Marathon and BFSB.
The following presents the estimated future amortization expense of other intangible assets for the next five years:

 
Mortgage Servicing Rights
 
Core Deposit Premiums
 
Other
 
(In thousands)
2013
$
3,287

 
$
2,114

 
$
30

2014
2,625

 
1,857

 
30

2015
2,097

 
1,596

 
30

2016
1,676

 
1,321

 
30

2017
1,339

 
1,063

 
30



102

Table of Contents

8. Deposits
Deposits are summarized as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
Weighted Average Rate
 
Amount
 
% of Total
 
Weighted Average Rate
 
Amount
 
% of Total
 
(In thousands)
Savings
0.37
%
 
$
1,718,199

 
19.59
%
 
0.64
%
 
$
1,270,197

 
17.25
%
Checking accounts
0.21
%
 
2,498,829

 
28.50
%
 
0.32
%
 
1,633,703

 
22.19
%
Money market deposits
0.37
%
 
1,585,865

 
18.09
%
 
0.67
%
 
1,116,205

 
15.16
%
Total transaction accounts
0.30
%
 
5,802,893

 
66.18
%
 
0.52
%
 
4,020,105

 
54.60
%
Certificates of deposit
1.19
%
 
2,965,964

 
33.82
%
 
1.57
%
 
3,341,898

 
45.40
%
Total Deposits
0.60
%
 
$
8,768,857

 
100.00
%
 
1.00
%
 
$
7,362,003

 
100.00
%
 Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
(In thousands)
Within one year
 
$
1,632,705

 
2,258,336

One to two years
 
586,001

 
552,190

Two to three years
 
225,973

 
150,430

Three to four years
 
284,634

 
101,652

After four years
 
236,651

 
279,290

 
 
$
2,965,964

 
3,341,898

The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000or more totaled approximately $1.30 billion and $1.41 billion at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.
Interest expense on deposits consists of the following:
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(In thousands)
Savings
$
7,859

 
9,713

 
13,958

Checking accounts
6,586

 
5,999


6,406

Money market deposits
7,937

 
7,275


7,299

Certificates of deposit
41,200

 
56,902


63,148

Total
$
63,582

 
79,889

 
90,811




103

Table of Contents


9. Borrowed Funds
Borrowed funds are summarized as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Principal
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Principal
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Funds borrowed under repurchase agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB
 
$
55,000

 
3.94
%
 
$
110,000

 
3.77
%
Other brokers
 

 

 
140,000

 
4.00
%
Total funds borrowed under repurchase agreements
 
55,000

 
3.94
%
 
250,000

 
3.90
%
Other borrowed funds:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB advances
 
2,645,500

 
2.14
%
 
2,005,486

 
2.68
%
Other
 
5,152

 
1.92
%
 

 
%
Total Other borrowed funds:
 
2,650,652

 
2.14
%
 
2,005,486

 
2.68
%
Total borrowed funds
 
$
2,705,652

 
2.18
%
 
$
2,255,486

 
2.81
%
Borrowed funds had scheduled maturities as follows:
 
 
 
December 31
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
Principal
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
Principal
 
Weighted
Average
Rate
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
 
 
Within one year
 
$
915,500

 
1.26
%
 
$
760,486

 
2.12
%
One to two years
 
109,000

 
3.07
%
 
240,000

 
3.90
%
Two to three years
 
301,000

 
3.50
%
 
105,000

 
3.08
%
Three to four years
 
325,000

 
2.79
%
 
300,000

 
3.50
%
Four to five years
 
225,000

 
2.90
%
 
325,000

 
2.79
%
After five years
 
830,152

 
2.16
%
 
525,000

 
2.90
%
Total borrowed funds
 
$
2,705,652

 
2.18
%
 
$
2,255,486

 
2.81
%
Mortgage-backed securities have been sold, subject to repurchase agreements, to the FHLB and various brokers. Mortgage-backed securities sold, subject to repurchase agreements, are held by the FHLB for the benefit of the Company. Repurchase agreements require repurchase of the identical securities. Whole mortgage loans have been pledged to the FHLB as collateral for advances, but are held by the Company.

104

Table of Contents

The amortized cost and fair value of the underlying securities used as collateral for securities sold under agreements to repurchase are as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
Amortized cost of collateral:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
 
$
98,401

 
316,565

Total amortized cost of collateral
 
$
98,401

 
316,565

Fair value of collateral:
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
 
$
102,673

 
330,315

Total fair value of collateral
 
$
102,673

 
330,315


In addition to the above securities, the Company has also pledged mortgage loans as collateral for these borrowings.
During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the maximum month-end balance of the repurchase agreements was $250.0 million, $500.0 million and $675.0 million, respectively. The average amount of repurchase agreements outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $156.1 million, $347.3 million and $611.4 million, respectively, and the average interest rate was 3.93%, 4.26% and 4.46%, respectively.
At December 31, 2012, the Company participated in the FHLB’s Overnight Advance program. This program allows members to borrow overnight up to their maximum borrowing capacity at the FHLB. At December 31, 2012, our borrowing capacity at the FHLB was $5.65 billion, of which $2.73 billion was outstanding. The overnight advances are priced at the federal funds rate plus a spread (generally between 20 and 30 basis points) and re-price daily. In addition, the Bank had an effective commitment for unsecured discretionary overnight borrowings with other institutions totaling $50 million, of which no balance was outstanding at December 31, 2012.

10. Income Taxes

The components of income tax expense are as follows:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
Current tax expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
$
62,331

 
54,258

 
48,622

State
 
4,491

 
3,630

 
2,422

 
 
66,822

 
57,888

 
51,044

Deferred tax (benefit) expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
 
(11,331
)
 
(11,550
)
 
(15,757
)
State
 
592

 
(57
)
 
1,316

 
 
(10,739
)
 
(11,607
)
 
(14,441
)
Total income tax expense
 
$
56,083

 
46,281

 
36,603


 

105

Table of Contents

The following table presents reconciliation between the actual income tax expense and the “expected” amount computed using the applicable statutory federal income tax rate of 35%:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
“Expected” federal income tax expense
 
$
50,698

 
43,808


34,517

State tax, net
 
3,304

 
2,322

 
2,430

Bank owned life insurance
 
(972
)
 
(1,098
)
 
(874
)
Gain on acquisition
 

 

 
(646
)
Expiration of loss carryforward
 
2

 
36

 
1,484

Change in valuation allowance for federal deferred tax assets
 
(2
)
 
(36
)
 
(1,455
)
ESOP fair market value adjustment
 
295

 
189

 
129

Non-deductible compensation
 
454

 
566

 
760

Non-deductible acquisition related expenses
 
866

 

 

Expiration of stock options
 
1,267

 

 

Other
 
171

 
494

 
258

Total income tax expense
 
$
56,083

 
46,281

 
36,603

The temporary differences and loss carryforwards which comprise the deferred tax asset and liability are as follows:
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
(In thousands)
Deferred tax asset:
 
 
 
 
Employee benefits
 
$
21,165

 
18,900

Deferred compensation
 
1,403

 
1,070

Premises and equipment
 
907

 
128

Allowance for loan losses
 
53,308

 
43,062

Net unrealized loss on securities
 
1,888

 
5,456

Net other than temporary impairment loss on securities
 
46,384

 
47,821

Capital losses on securities
 
762

 
771

ESOP
 
1,840

 
1,613

Allowance for delinquent interest
 
11,677

 
11,441

Federal NOL carryforwards
 

 

Fair value adjustments related to acquisition
 
8,209

 
1,415

Other
 
3,910

 
3,526

Gross deferred tax asset
 
151,453

 
135,203

Valuation allowance
 
(762
)
 
(771
)
 
 
150,691

 
134,432

Deferred tax liability:
 
 
 
 
Intangible assets
 
550

 
759

Discount accretion
 
135

 
147

Gross deferred tax liability
 
685

 
906

Net deferred tax asset
 
$
150,006

 
133,526


A deferred tax asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced by the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available

106

Table of Contents

evidence, are more likely than not to be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences and carryforwards become deductible.
At December 31, 2012, the Company had gross unrealized losses totaling $142.2 million pertaining to our trust preferred securities which were recognized as OTTI charges during the year ended June 30, 2009. Based upon projections of future taxable income and the ability to carry back losses for two years, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the deferred tax asset.
A valuation allowance is recorded for tax benefits which management has determined are not more likely than not to be realized. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the valuation allowance was $762,000 and $771,000, respectively, all of which is related to capital losses on securities. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company reduced its valuation reserve due to a change in effective tax rate and the expiration of some capital loss carryforwards.
Retained earnings at December 31, 2012 included approximately $42.3 million for which deferred income taxes of approximately $17.1 million have not been provided. The retained earnings amount represents the base year allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Base year reserves are subject to recapture if the Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its stock, pays dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or ceases to maintain a bank charter. Under ASC 740, this amount is treated as a permanent difference and deferred taxes are not recognized unless it appears that it will be reduced and result in taxable income in the foreseeable future. Events that would result in taxation of these reserves include failure to qualify as a bank for tax purposes or distributions in complete or partial liquidation.
The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits or related interest or penalties at December 31, 2012 and 2011.
The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and in the states of New Jersey and New York. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2008. At December 31, 2012, the Company is being reviewed by the Internal Revenue Service, New York State and New York City in relation to acquired entities.


11. Benefit Plans

Defined Benefit Pension Plan
The Company participates in the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (“Pentegra DB Plan”), a tax-qualified defined-benefit pension plan. The Pentegra DB Plan’s Employer Identification Number is 13-5645888 and the Plan Number is 333. The Pentegra DB Plan operates as a multi-employer plan for accounting purposes and as a multiple-employer plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Internal Revenue Code. There are no collective bargaining agreements in place that require contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan.
The Pentegra DB Plan is a single plan under Internal Revenue Code Section 413(c) and, as a result, all of the assets stand behind all of the liabilities. Accordingly, under the Pentegra DB Plan contributions made by a participating employer may be used to provide benefits to participants of other participating employers.
The funded status (fair value of plan assets divided by funding target) as of July 1, 2012 and 2011 was 103.1% and 83.99%, respectively. The fair value of plan assets reflects any contributions received through June 30, 2012.
 
The Company’s required contribution and pension cost was $5.2 million, $5.2 million and $1.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The accrued pension liability was $1.1 million and $361,000 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company’s contributions to the Pentegra DB Plan are not more than 5% of the total contributions to the plan. The Company's expected contribution for the 2013 year is approximately $5.0 million.
SERP, Directors’ Plan and Other Postretirement Benefits Plan
The Company has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Wage Replacement Plan (SERP). The SERP is a nonqualified, defined benefit plan which provides benefits to employees as designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors if their benefits and/or contributions under the pension plan are limited by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company also has a nonqualified, defined benefit plan which provides benefits to certain directors. The SERP and the directors’ plan are unfunded and the costs of the plans are recognized over the period that services are provided.

107

Table of Contents


The following table sets forth information regarding the SERP and the directors’ defined benefit plan:
 
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
(In thousands)
Change in benefit obligation:
 
 
 
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
$
19,791

 
15,971

Service cost
1,313

 
1,061

Interest cost
796

 
811

Change in discount rate
1,360

 

Actuarial gain
235

 
2,712

Benefits paid
(764
)
 
(764
)
Benefit obligation at end of year
22,731

 
19,791

Funded status
$
(22,731
)
 
(19,791
)
The underfunded pension benefits of $22.7 million and $19.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss related to pension plans, on a pre-tax basis, at December 31, 2012 and 2011, are summarized in the following table.
 
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
(In thousands)
Prior service cost
$
244

 
342

Net actuarial gain
7,933

 
3,688

Total amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
$
8,177

 
4,030

The accumulated benefit obligation for the SERP and directors’ defined benefit plan was $14.6 million and $15.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The measurement date for our SERP, directors’ plan is December 31 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

The weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in the plan determinations at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
Discount rate
3.56
%
 
4.08
%
Rate of compensation increase
3.87
%
 
3.74
%

The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(In thousands)
Service cost
$
1,313

 
1,061

 
721

Interest cost
796

 
811

 
879

Amortization of:
 
 
 
 
 
Prior service cost
98

 
98

 
97

Net gain
145

 

 
54

Total net periodic benefit cost
$
2,352

 
1,970

 
1,751


108

Table of Contents


The following are the weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
Discount rate
4.08
%
 
5.18
%
 
5.61
%
Rate of compensation increase
3.74
%
 
3.63
%
 
3.58
%
Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate for the next ten calendar years are as follows:
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
(In thousands)
2013
$
971

2014
961

2015
952

2016
942

2017
934

2018 through 2022
9,752

401(k) Plan
The Company has a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees providing they meet the eligibility age requirement of age 21. The Company matches 50% of the first 6% contributed by the participants. The Company’s aggregate contributions to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were $1.2 million, $1.0 million and $761,000, respectively.
 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
The ESOP is a tax-qualified plan designed to invest primarily in the Company’s common stock that provides employees with the opportunity to receive a funded retirement benefit from the Bank, based primarily on the value of the Company’s common stock. The ESOP was authorized to purchase, and did purchase, 4,254,072 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $10.00 per share with the proceeds of a loan from the Company to the ESOP. The outstanding loan principal balance at December 31, 2012 was $34.6 million. Shares of the Company’s common stock pledged as collateral for the loan are released from the pledge for allocation to participants as loan payments are made.
At December 31, 2012, shares allocated to participants were 1,134,419 since the plan inception. ESOP shares that were unallocated or not yet committed to be released totaled 3,119,653 at December 31, 2012, and had a fair value of $55.5 million. ESOP compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $2.3 million, $2.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively, representing the fair value of shares allocated or committed to be released during the year.
The Company also has established an Amended and Restated Supplemental ESOP and Retirement Plan, which is a non-qualified plan that provides supplemental benefits to certain executives as designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors who are prevented from receiving the full benefits contemplated by the retirement plan and/or employee stock ownership plan’s benefit formula. With regards to the Supplemental ESOP, the supplemental benefits consist of payments representing shares that cannot be allocated to participants under the ESOP due to the legal limitations imposed on tax-qualified plans. During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, compensation expense (benefit) related to this plan amounted to $240,000, $200,000 and $200,000, respectively.
Equity Incentive Plan
At the annual meeting held on October 24, 2006, stockholders of the Company approved the Investors Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The Company adopted ASC 718, “Compensation- Stock Compensation”, upon approval of the Plan, and began to expense the fair value of all share-based compensation granted over the requisite service periods.

109

Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Compensation and Benefits Committee approved the issuance of an additional 484,000 restricted stock awards and 7,000 stock options to certain officers. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Compensation and Benefits Committee approved the issuance of an additional 500 restricted stock awards and 15 stock options to certain officers. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Compensation and Benefits Committee approved the issuance of an additional 495,000 restricted stock awards and 5,000 stock options to certain officers.
ASC 718 also requires the Company to report as a financing cash flow the benefits of realized tax deductions in excess of the deferred tax benefits previously recognized for compensation expense. There were no such excess tax benefits in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. In accordance with this guidance the Company classified share-based compensation for employees and outside directors within “compensation and fringe benefits” in the consolidated statements of income to correspond with the same line item as the cash compensation paid.
Stock options generally vest over a five-year service period. The Company recognizes compensation expense for all option grants over the awards’ respective requisite service periods. Management estimated the fair values of all option grants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Since there is limited historical information on the volatility of the Company’s stock, management also considered the average volatilities of similar entities for an appropriate period in determining the assumed volatility rate used in the estimation of fair value. Management estimated the expected life of the options using the simplified method allowed under ASC 718. The 7-year Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant provides the risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option, which is ten years. The Company recognizes compensation expense for the fair values of these awards, which have graded vesting, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards.
Restricted shares generally vest over a five-year service period or seven year performance based period. The product of the number of shares granted and the grant date market price of the Company’s common stock determines the fair value of restricted shares under the Company’s restricted stock plan. The Company recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of restricted shares on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the Company recorded $3.7 million, $8.7 million and $9.5 million respectively, of share-based compensation expense, comprised of stock option expense of $424,000, $3.0 million and $3.7 million, respectively, and restricted stock expense of $3.2 million, $5.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively.
The following is a summary of the status of the Company’s restricted shares as of December 31, 2012 and changes therein during the year then ended:
 
 
 
Number of
Shares
Awarded
 
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Non-vested at December 31, 2011
 
989,296

 
$
13.02

Granted
 
484,000

 
14.75

Vested
 
(153,057
)
 
12.98

Forfeited
 
(2,500
)
 
14.66

Non-vested at December 31, 2012
 
1,317,739

 
$
13.53

Expected future compensation expense relating to the non-vested restricted shares at December 31, 2012 is $14.6 million over a weighted average period of 5.18 years.

110

Table of Contents

The following is a summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information for its option plan for the year ended December 31, 2012:
 
 
 
Number of
Stock
Options
 
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
 
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
Outstanding at December 31, 2011
 
4,350,068

 
$
14.98

 
5.1
 
$
68,651

Granted
 
7,000

 
17.85

 
 
 
 
Exercised
 
(3,000
)
 
13.69

 
 
 
 
Forfeited
 
(34,000
)
 
15.35

 
 
 
 
       Expired
 

 

 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2012
 
4,320,068

 
$
14.98

 
4.2
 
$
12,100

Exercisable at December 31, 2012
 
4,192,767

 
$
15.02

 
4.1
 
$
11,600

 
The fair value of the option grants was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
 
 
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 

Expected dividend yield
 
1.12
%
 
%
 
0.63
%
Expected volatility
 
30.40
%
 
31.59
%
 
32.48
%
Risk-free interest rate
 
0.67
%
 
2.08
%
 
2.48
%
Expected option life
 
10.0 years

 
6.5 years

 
6.5 years

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $6.04 and $4.99 per share, respectively. Expected future expense relating to the non-vested options outstanding as of December 31, 2012 is $369,000 over a weighted average period of 1.64 years. Upon exercise of vested options, management expects to draw on treasury stock as the source of the shares.


12. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company is a defendant in certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management and the Company’s legal counsel are of the opinion that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

111

Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012, the Company was obligated under various non-cancelable operating leases on buildings and land used for office space and banking purposes. These operating leases contain escalation clauses which provide for increased rental expense, based primarily on increases in real estate taxes and cost-of-living indices. Rental expense under these leases aggregated approximately $13.9 million, $10.4 million and $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The projected annual minimum rental commitments are as follows:
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
(In thousands)
2013
$
11,156

2014
11,281

2015
11,083

2016
10,686

2017
9,416

Thereafter
59,593

 
$
113,215

Financial Transactions with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk
The Company is a party to transactions with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions consist of commitments to extend credit. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
At December 31, 2012, the Company had commitments to originate commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans of $267.2 million and $33.7 million, respectively. Additionally, the Company had commitments to originate residential fixed- and variable-rate loans of approximately $133.1 million and $54.5 million, respectively; commitments to purchase residential fixed- and variable-rate loans of $85.2 million and $32.3 million, respectively; and unused home equity and overdraft lines of credit, and undisbursed business and construction loans, totaling approximately $455.5 million. No commitments are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company has no exposure to credit loss if the customer does not exercise its rights to borrow under the commitment.
The Company uses the same credit policies and collateral requirements in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet loans. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but primarily includes residential properties.
The Company principally grants residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate, multi-family, construction, C&I and consumer loans to borrowers throughout New Jersey and states in close proximity to New Jersey. Its borrowers’ abilities to repay their obligations are dependent upon various factors, including the borrowers’ income and net worth, cash flows generated by the underlying collateral, value of the underlying collateral and priority of the Company’s lien on the property. Such factors are dependent upon various economic conditions and individual circumstances beyond the Company’s control; the Company is, therefore, subject to risk of loss. The Company believes its lending policies and procedures adequately minimize the potential exposure to such risks, and adequate provisions for loan losses are provided for all probable and estimable losses. Collateral and/or government or private guarantees are required for virtually all loans.
The Company also originates interest-only one-to four-family mortgage loans in which the borrower makes only interest payments for the first five, seven or ten years of the mortgage loan term. This feature will result in future increases in the borrower’s contractually required payments due to the required amortization of the principal amount after the interest-only period. These payment increases could affect the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. The amount of interest-only one-to four-family mortgage loans at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $384.9 million, and $478.4 million, respectively. The Company maintains stricter underwriting criteria for these interest-only loans than it does for its amortizing loans. The Company believes these criteria adequately control the potential exposure to such risks and that adequate provisions for loan losses are provided for all known and inherent risks.

112

Table of Contents

In the normal course of business the Company sells residential mortgage loans to third parties. These loan sales are subject to customary representations and warranties. In the event that we are found to be in breach of these representations and warranties, we may be obligated to repurchase certain of these loans.
In connection with its mortgage banking activities, the Company has certain freestanding derivative instruments. At December 31, 2012 the Company had commitments of approximately $101.2 million to fund loans which will be classified as held-for-sale with a like amount of commitments to sell such loans which are considered derivative instruments under ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” The Company also had commitments of $61.9 million to sell loans at December 31, 2012. The fair values of these derivative instruments are immaterial to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The guarantees generally extend for a term of up to one year and are fully collateralized. For each guarantee issued, if the customer defaults on a payment or performance to the third party, we would have to perform under the guarantee. Outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $13.6 million at December 31, 2012. The fair values of these obligations were immaterial at December 31, 2012. In addition, at December 31, 2012, we had $107,500 in commercial letters of credit outstanding.

13. Fair Value Measurements
We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Our securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record at fair value other assets or liabilities on a non-recurring basis, such as held-to-maturity securities, mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”), loans receivable and real estate owned (“REO”). These non-recurring fair value adjustments involve the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. Additionally, in connection with our mortgage banking activities we have commitments to fund loans held for sale and commitments to sell loans, which are considered free-standing derivative instruments, the fair values of which are not material to our financial condition or results of operations.
In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, we group our assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:
Level 1 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
Level 2 – Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
Level 3 – Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques. The results cannot be determined with precision and may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability.
We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Securities available-for-sale
Our available-for-sale portfolio is carried at estimated fair value on a recurring basis, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income/loss in stockholders’ equity. The fair values of available-for-sale securities are based on quoted market prices (Level 1), where available. The Company obtains one price for each security primarily from a third-party pricing service (pricing service), which generally uses quoted or other observable inputs for the determination of fair value. The pricing service normally derives the security prices through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available observable market information. For securities not actively traded (Level 2), the pricing service may use quoted market prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates, prepayment speeds and non-binding broker quotes. As the Company is responsible for the determination of fair value, it performs quarterly analyses on the prices received from the pricing service to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value. Specifically, the Company compares the prices received from the pricing service to a secondary pricing source. Additionally, the Company compares changes in the reported market values and returns to relevant market indices to test the reasonableness of the reported

113

Table of Contents

prices. The Company’s internal price verification procedures and review of fair value methodology documentation provided by independent pricing services has not historically resulted in adjustment in the prices obtained from the pricing service.

The following table provides the level of valuation assumptions used to determine the carrying value of our assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
 
 
Carrying Value at December 31, 2012
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(In thousands)
Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities
$
4,161

 

 
4,161

 

Debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Government-sponsored enterprises
3,035

 
 
 
3,035

 
 
Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
667,517

 

 
667,517

 

Federal National Mortgage Association
706,128

 

 
706,128

 

Government National Mortgage Association
4,487

 

 
4,487

 

Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
1,378,132

 

 
1,378,132

 

Total securities available-for-sale
$
1,385,328

 

 
1,385,328

 

 
 
Carrying Value at December 31, 2011
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(In thousands)
Securities available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity securities
$
1,965

 

 
1,965

 

Mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
395,482

 

 
395,482

 

Federal National Mortgage Association
567,918

 

 
567,918

 

Government National Mortgage Association
7,313

 

 
7,313

 

Non-agency securities
11,037

 

 
11,037

 

Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
981,750

 

 
981,750

 

Total securities available-for-sale
$
983,715

 

 
983,715

 

There have been no changes in the methodologies used at December 31, 2012 from December 31, 2011, and there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the year ended December 31, 2012.
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
Mortgage Servicing Rights, net
Mortgage servicing rights (MSR) are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. The estimated fair value of MSR is obtained through independent third party valuations through an analysis of future cash flows, incorporating estimates of assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value including market discount rates, prepayment speeds, servicing income, servicing costs, default rates and other market driven data, including the market’s perception of future interest rate movements. The prepayment speed and the discount rate are considered two of the most significant inputs in the model. At December 31, 2012, the fair value model used prepayment speeds ranging from 4.3% to 30.1% and a discount rate of 10.0% for the valuation of the mortgage servicing rights. A significant degree of judgment is involved in valuing the mortgage servicing rights using Level 3 inputs. The use of different assumptions could have a significant positive or negative effect on the fair value estimate.

Loans Receivable

114

Table of Contents

Loans which meet certain criteria are evaluated individually for impairment. A loan is deemed to be impaired if it is a commercial real estate, multi-family or construction loan with an outstanding balance greater than $1.0 million and on non-accrual status, loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring, and other loans with $1.0 million in outstanding principal if management has specific information of a collateral shortfall. Our impaired loans are generally collateral dependent and, as such, are carried at the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. In order to estimate fair value, once interest or principal payments are 90 days delinquent or when the timely collection of such income is considered doubtful an updated appraisal is obtained. Thereafter, in the event the most recent appraisal does not reflect the current market conditions due to the passage of time and other factors, management will obtain an updated appraisal or make downward adjustments to the existing appraised value based on their knowledge of the property, local real estate market conditions, recent real estate transactions, and for estimated selling costs, if applicable. At December 31, 2012 appraisals were discounted in a range of 0%-25%.
Other Real Estate Owned
Other Real Estate Owned is recorded at estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs when acquired, thus establishing a new cost basis. Fair value is generally based on independent appraisals. These appraisals include adjustments to comparable assets based on the appraisers’ market knowledge and experience, and are discounted an additional 0%-25% for estimated costs to sell. When an asset is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value, less estimated selling costs, is charged to the allowance for loan losses. If the estimated fair value of the asset declines, a writedown is recorded through expense. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of changes in economic conditions. Operating costs after acquisition are generally expensed.
The following table provides the level of valuation assumptions used to determine the carrying value of our assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.
 
 
Carrying Value at December 31, 2012
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(In thousands)
MSR, net
$
12,025

 

 

 
12,025

Impaired loans
50,470

 

 

 
50,470

Other real estate owned
8,093

 

 

 
8,093

 
$
70,588

 

 

 
70,588

 
 
Carrying Value at December 31, 2011
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(In thousands)
MSR, net
$
10,806

 

 

 
10,806

Impaired loans
46,634

 

 

 
46,634

Other real estate owned
3,081

 

 

 
3,081

 
$
60,521

 

 

 
60,521

Other Fair Value Disclosures
Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions for the Company’s financial instruments not recorded at fair value on a recurring or non-recurring basis are set forth below.

Cash and Cash Equivalents
For cash and due from banks, the carrying amount approximates fair value.
Securities held-to-maturity
Our held-to-maturity portfolio, consisting primarily of mortgage backed securities and other debt securities for which we have a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, is carried at amortized cost. Management utilizes various inputs to determine the fair value of the portfolio. The Company obtains one price for each security primarily from a third-party pricing service, which generally uses quoted or other observable inputs for the determination of fair value. The pricing service normally derives the security prices through recently reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments through the reporting date based upon available observable market information. For securities not actively traded, the pricing service may use quoted market

115

Table of Contents

prices of comparable instruments or discounted cash flow analyses, incorporating inputs that are currently observable in the markets for similar securities. Inputs that are often used in the valuation methodologies include, but are not limited to, benchmark yields, credit spreads, default rates, prepayment speeds and non-binding broker quotes. In the absence of quoted prices and in an illiquid market, valuation techniques, which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable, are used to determine fair value of the investment. Valuation techniques are based on various assumptions, including, but not limited to cash flows, discount rates, rate of return, adjustments for nonperformance and liquidity, and liquidation values. As the Company is responsible for the determination of fair value, it performs quarterly analyses on the prices received from the pricing service to determine whether the prices are reasonable estimates of fair value. Specifically, the Company compares the prices received from the pricing service to a secondary pricing source. Additionally, the Company compares changes in the reported market values and returns to relevant market indices to test the reasonableness of the reported prices. The Company’s internal price verification procedures and review of fair value methodology documentation provided by independent pricing services has not historically resulted in adjustment in the prices obtained from the pricing service.
FHLB Stock
The fair value of FHLB stock is its carrying value, since this is the amount for which it could be redeemed. There is no active market for this stock and the Bank is required to hold a minimum investment based upon the unpaid principal of home mortgage loans and/or FHLB advances outstanding.
Loans
Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as residential mortgage and consumer. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by performing and nonperforming categories.
The fair value of performing loans, except residential mortgage loans, is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. For performing residential mortgage loans, fair value is estimated by discounting contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayment estimates using discount rates based on secondary market sources adjusted to reflect differences in servicing and credit costs, if applicable. Fair value for significant nonperforming loans is based on recent external appraisals of collateral securing such loans, adjusted for the timing of anticipated cash flows. Fair values estimated in this manner do not fully incorporate an exit price approach to fair value, but instead are based on a comparison to current market rates for comparable loans.
Deposit Liabilities
The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as savings, checking accounts and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates which approximate currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Borrowings
The fair value of borrowings are based on securities dealers’ estimated fair values, when available, or estimated using discounted contractual cash flows using rates which approximate the rates offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities.

116

Table of Contents

Commitments to Extend Credit
The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For commitments to originate fixed rate loans, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. Due to the short-term nature of our outstanding commitments, the fair values of these commitments are immaterial to our financial condition.
The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are presented in the following table.
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
Carrying
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
value
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(In thousands)
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
155,153

 
155,153

 
155,153

 

 

Securities available-for-sale
1,385,328

 
1,385,328

 

 
1,385,328

 

Securities held-to-maturity
179,922

 
198,893

 

 
159,599

 
39,294

Stock in FHLB
150,501

 
150,501

 
150,501

 

 

Loans held for sale
28,233

 
28,233

 

 
28,233

 

Net loans
10,306,786

 
10,379,358

 

 

 
10,379,358

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits, other than time deposits
5,802,893

 
5,852,821

 
5,852,821

 

 

Time deposits
2,965,964

 
3,009,237

 

 
3,009,237

 

Borrowed funds
2,705,652

 
2,804,113

 

 
2,804,113

 


 
December 31, 2011
 
Carrying
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
value
 
Total
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
(In thousands)
Financial assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
$
90,139

 
90,139

 
90,139

 

 

Securities available-for-sale
983,715

 
983,715

 

 
983,715

 

Securities held-to-maturity
287,671

 
311,860

 

 
275,154

 
36,706

Stock in FHLB
116,813

 
116,813

 
116,813

 

 

Loans held for sale
18,847

 
18,847

 

 
18,847

 

Net loans
8,794,211

 
8,882,153

 

 

 
8,882,153

Financial liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits, other than time deposits
4,020,105

 
4,044,226

 
4,044,226

 

 

Time deposits
3,341,898

 
3,385,577

 

 
3,385,577

 

Borrowed funds
2,255,486

 
2,332,624

 

 
2,332,624

 

Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

117

Table of Contents

Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets that are not considered financial assets include deferred tax assets, premises and equipment and bank owned life insurance. Liabilities for pension and other postretirement benefits are not considered financial liabilities. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.

14. Regulatory Capital
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk- weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
As of December 31, 2012, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The following is a summary of the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2012 compared to the FDIC minimum capital adequacy requirements and the FDIC requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution.
 
 
 
 
 
Minimum Requirements
 
 
Actual
 
For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
 
To be Well  Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount    
 
Ratio    
 
Amount    
 
Ratio    
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2012:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
$
1,021,674

 
11.24
%
 
$
727,475

 
8.00
%
 
$
909,344

 
10.00
%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
907,654

 
9.98
%
 
363,737

 
4.00
%
 
545,606

 
6.00
%
Total capital (to average assets)
 
907,654

 
7.59
%
 
478,642

 
4.00
%
 
598,303

 
5.00
%
 
 
Actual
 
Minimum Requirements
 
 
For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
 
To be Well  Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 
 
 
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount    
 
Ratio    
 
Amount    
 
Ratio    
 
 
(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2011:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
$
947,615

 
12.91
%
 
$
587,279

 
8.00
%
 
$
734,099

 
10.00
%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
 
855,538

 
11.65
%
 
293,640

 
4.00
%
 
440,460

 
6.00
%
Total capital (to average assets)
 
855,538

 
8.21
%
 
416,651

 
4.00
%
 
520,814

 
5.00
%
 


118

Table of Contents

15. Parent Company Only Financial Statements
The following condensed financial statements for Investors Bancorp, Inc. (parent company only) reflect the investment in its wholly-owned subsidiary, Investors Bank, using the equity method of accounting.
 
Balance Sheets
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
(In thousands)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from bank
 
$
7,104

 
9,710

Securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value
 
3,611

 
1,965

Investment in subsidiary
 
987,596

 
882,552

ESOP loan receivable
 
34,592

 
35,656

Other assets
 
39,528

 
37,619

Total Assets
 
$
1,072,431

 
967,502

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities
 
$
5,615

 
62

Total stockholders’ equity
 
1,066,816

 
967,440

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 
$
1,072,431

 
967,502

Statements of Operations
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Income:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest on ESOP loan receivable
$
1,167

 
1,192

 
1,225

Dividend from subsidiary
135,000

 
30,000

 
10,000

Interest on deposit with subsidiary

 
8

 
74

(Loss) gain on securities transactions
(41
)
 
92

 
43

 
136,126

 
31,292

 
11,342

Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Other expenses
1,413

 
899

 
1,139

Income before income tax expense
134,713

 
30,393

 
10,203

Income tax (benefit) expense
(112
)
 
148

 
88

Income before undistributed earnings of subsidiary
134,825

 
30,245

 
10,115

(Dividend in excess of earnings) equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary
(46,058
)
 
48,641

 
51,904

Net income
$
88,767

 
78,886

 
62,019



119

Table of Contents

 Other Comprehensive Income
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(in thousands)
Net income
$
88,767

 
78,886

 
62,019

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale
826

 
(184
)
 
(14,000
)
Total other comprehensive income
826

 
(184
)
 
(14,000
)
Total comprehensive income
$
89,593

 
78,702

 
62,005



Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
 
 
(In thousands)
 
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
 
$
88,767

 
78,886

 
62,019

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Dividend in excess of earning (Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary)
 
46,058

 
(48,641
)
 
(51,904
)
Loss (Gain) on securities transactions
 
41

 
(92
)
 
(43
)
(Increase) decrease in other assets
 
(670
)
 
143

 
96

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
 
1,820

 
(71
)
 
25

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
 
136,016

 
30,225

 
10,193

Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash paid for acquisition
 
(135,000
)
 

 

Purchase of investments available-for-sale
 
(1,000
)
 

 
(150
)
Redemption of equity securities available-for-sale
 
85

 
176

 

Principal collected on ESOP loan
 
1,064

 
1,032

 
1,001

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
 
(134,851
)
 
1,208

 
851

Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock to subsidiary
 
2,726

 
4,855

 
4,688

Purchase of treasury stock
 
(902
)
 
(32,489
)
 
(24,461
)
Dividends paid
 
(5,595
)
 

 

Net cash used in financing activities
 
(3,771
)
 
(27,634
)
 
(19,773
)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from bank
 
(2,606
)
 
3,799

 
(8,729
)
Cash and due from bank at beginning of year
 
9,710

 
5,911

 
14,640

Cash and due from bank at end of year
 
$
7,104

 
9,710

 
5,911



120

Table of Contents

16. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following tables are a summary of certain quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.
 
 
 
2012 Quarter Ended
 
 
March 31
 
June 30
 
September 30
 
December 31
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income
 
$
121,216

 
122,937

 
121,875

 
130,161

Interest expense
 
33,485

 
31,377

 
29,938

 
28,644

Net interest income
 
87,731

 
91,560

 
91,937

 
101,517

Provision for loan losses
 
13,000

 
19,000

 
16,000

 
17,000

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
 
74,731

 
72,560

 
75,937

 
84,517

Non-interest income
 
10,355

 
10,580

 
12,705

 
10,472

Non-interest expenses
 
54,455

 
44,876

 
48,217

 
59,459

Income before income tax expense
 
30,631

 
38,264

 
40,425

 
35,530

Income tax expense
 
11,696

 
14,292

 
15,936

 
14,159

Net income
 
$
18,935

 
23,972

 
24,489

 
21,371

Basic and diluted earnings per common share
 
$
0.18

 
0.22

 
0.23

 
0.20

 
 
 
2011 Quarter Ended
 
 
March 31
 
June 30
 
September 30
 
December 31
 
 
(In thousands, except per share data)
Interest and dividend income
 
$
113,680

 
118,677

 
120,548

 
120,667

Interest expense
 
35,943

 
36,262

 
36,374

 
35,909

Net interest income
 
77,737

 
82,415

 
84,174

 
84,758

Provision for loan losses
 
17,000

 
18,500

 
20,000

 
20,000

Net interest income after provision for loan losses
 
60,737

 
63,915

 
64,174

 
64,758

Non-interest income
 
6,502

 
5,548

 
6,737

 
8,417

Non-interest expenses
 
38,297

 
39,236

 
38,546

 
39,542

Income before income tax expense
 
28,942

 
30,227

 
32,365

 
33,633

Income tax expense
 
10,728

 
10,604

 
12,398

 
12,551

Net income
 
$
18,214

 
19,623

 
19,967

 
21,082

Basic and diluted earnings per common share
 
$
0.17

 
0.18

 
0.19

 
0.20



121

Table of Contents

17. Earnings Per Share
The following is a summary of our earnings per share calculations and reconciliation of basic to diluted earnings per share.
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
Income
 
Shares
 
Per  Share
Amount
 
Income
 
Shares
 
Per  Share
Amount
 
Income
 
Shares
 
Per  Share
Amount
 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Net Income
$
88,767

 
 
 
 
 
$
78,886

 
 
 
 
 
$
62,019

 
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income available to common stockholders
$
88,767

 
107,371,685

 
$
0.83

 
$
78,886

 
107,839,000

 
$
0.73

 
$
62,019

 
109,713,516

 
$
0.57

Effect of dilutive common stock equivalents (1)

 
719,837

 
 
 

 
205,786

 
 
 

 
164,736

 
 
Diluted earnings per share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income available to common stockholders
$
88,767

 
108,091,522

 
$
0.82

 
$
78,886

 
108,044,786

 
$
0.73

 
$
62,019

 
109,878,252

 
$
0.56

(1) For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, there were 4.9 million, 4.1 million, and 5.3 million equity awards, respectively, that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented.

18. Comprehensive Income

 The components of comprehensive income, both gross and net of tax, are as follows:
 
Year ended December 31, 2012
 
Year ended December 31, 2011
 
Year ended December 31, 2010
 
Gross
 
Tax
 
Net
 
Gross
 
Tax
 
Net
 
Gross
 
Tax
 
Net
Net income
$
144,850

 
(56,083
)
 
88,767

 
125,167

 
(46,281
)
 
78,886

 
98,622

 
(36,603
)
 
62,019

Other comprehensive income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in funded status of retirement obligations
(4,267
)
 
1,707

 
(2,560
)
 
(2,859
)
 
1,144

 
(1,715
)
 
1,430

 
(573
)
 
857

Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale
7,973

 
(2,893
)
 
5,080

 
16,188

 
(6,686
)
 
9,502

 
673

 
(254
)
 
419

Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income
177

 
(72
)
 
105

 
(1,168
)
 
477

 
(691
)
 
(4
)
 
(11
)
 
(15
)
Other-than-temporary impairment accretion on debt securities
1,478

 
(604
)
 
874

 
3,338

 
(1,364
)
 
1,974

 
1,631

 
(666
)
 
965

Total other comprehensive income
5,361

 
(1,862
)
 
3,499

 
15,499

 
(6,429
)
 
9,070

 
3,730

 
(1,504
)
 
2,226

Total comprehensive income
$
150,211

 
(57,945
)
 
92,266

 
140,666

 
(52,710
)
 
87,956

 
102,352

 
(38,107
)
 
64,245


122

Table of Contents

The following table presents the after-tax changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:
 
 
Change in
funded status of
retirement
obligations
 
Unrealized gain
on securities
available-for-sale
 
Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income
 
Other-than-
temporary
impairment
accretion on debt
securities
 
Total
accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
Balance - December 31, 2011
$
(3,319
)
 
10,638

 
(691
)
 
(17,734
)
 
(11,106
)
Net change
(2,560
)
 
5,080

 
105

 
874

 
3,499

Balance - December 31, 2012
$
(5,879
)
 
15,718

 
(586
)
 
(16,860
)
 
(7,607
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance - December 31, 2010
$
(1,604
)
 
1,136

 

 
(19,708
)
 
(20,176
)
Net change
(1,715
)
 
9,502

 
(691
)
 
1,974

 
9,070

Balance - December 31, 2011
$
(3,319
)
 
10,638

 
(691
)
 
(17,734
)
 
(11,106
)
 
19. Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities, in conjunction with the IASB’s issuance of amendments to Disclosures—Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Amendments to IFRS 7). While the Boards retained the existing offsetting models under U.S. GAAP and IFRS, the new standards require disclosures to allow investors to better compare financial statements prepared under U.S. GAAP with financial statements prepared under IFRS. The new standards are effective for annual periods beginning January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. Retrospective application is required. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this pronouncement will have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-09, Disclosure about an Employer's participation in a Multiemployer Plan which requires additional disclosures about employers' participation in multiemployer pension plans including information about the plan's funded status if it is readily available. The ASU was effective for annual periods for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2011 for public entities. An entity is required to apply the ASU retrospectively for all period presented. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operation.
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Goodwill for Impairment, which permits an entity to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If an entity can support the conclusion that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it would not need to perform the two-step impairment test for that reporting unit. The ASU was effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company elected to early adopt this guidance in 2011. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Presentation of Comprehensive Income. This ASU increases the prominence of other comprehensive income in financial statements. Under this ASU, an entity will have the option to present the components of net income and comprehensive income in either one or two consecutive financial statements. The ASU eliminates the option in U.S. GAAP to present other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in equity. An entity should apply the ASU retrospectively. In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05” which defers the effective date of the requirement to present separate line items on the income statement for reclassification adjustments of items out of accumulated other comprehensive income into net income. All other requirements in ASU 2011-05 are not affected by this Update. For a public entity, the ASUs were effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Since the provisions of ASU 2011-05 are presentation and disclosure related, the Company’s adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. The Company has presented comprehensive income in a separate Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income and in Note 18 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, "Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income". This ASU requires entities to disclose the effect of items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) on each affected net income line item. For AOCI reclassification items that are not reclassified in their entirety into net income, a cross reference to other required US GAAP disclosures. This information may be provided

123

Table of Contents

either in the notes or parenthetically on the face of the financials. For public entities, the guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 and interim periods within those years. The Company will be required to provide the disclosures beginning with financial statements for the first quarter of 2013. The adoption of this pronouncement will not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. This ASU was issued concurrently with IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurements, to provide largely identical guidance about fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. The new standards do not extend the use of fair value but, rather, provide guidance about how fair value should be applied where it already is required or permitted under IFRS or U.S. GAAP. For U.S. GAAP, most of the changes are clarifications of existing guidance or wording changes to align with IFRS 13. A public entity was required to apply the ASU prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. In the period of adoption, a reporting entity was required to disclose a change, if any, in valuation technique and related inputs that result from applying the ASU and to quantify the total effect, if practicable. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, Transfer and Servicing (Topic 860): Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements, which affects entities that enter into agreements to transfer financial assets that both entitle and obligate the transferor to repurchase or redeem the financial assets before their maturity. The amendments in this Update remove from the assessment of effective control the criterion requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial assets on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and the collateral maintenance implementation guidance related to that criterion. Other criteria applicable to the assessment of effective control are not changed by the amendments in this Update. Those criteria indicate that the transferor is deemed to have maintained effective control over the financial assets transferred (and thus must account for the transaction as a secured borrowing) for agreements that both entitle and obligate the transferor to repurchase or redeem the financial assets before their maturity if all of the following conditions are met: (1) the financial assets to be repurchased or redeemed are the same or substantially the same as those transferred (2) the agreement is to repurchase or redeem them before maturity, at a fixed or determinable price and (3) the agreement is entered into contemporaneously with, or in contemplation of, the transfer. The guidance in this Update was effective for the first interim or annual period beginning on or after December 15, 2011. The guidance should be applied prospectively to transactions or modifications of existing transactions that occur on or after the effective date. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

20. Subsequent Events
As defined in FASB ASC 855, "Subsequent Events", subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. Financial statements are considered issued when they are widely distributed to shareholders and other financial statement users for general use and reliance in a form and format that complies with GAAP.
On January 31, 2013, the Company declared its second cash dividend of$0.05 per share to stockholders of record as of February 11, 2013, payable on February 25, 2013.


 
(a)(3)
Exhibits
The following exhibits are either filed as part of this report or are incorporated herein by reference:
 
3.1

  
Certificate of Incorporation of Investors Bancorp, Inc.*
 
 
 
3.2

  
Bylaws of Investors Bancorp, Inc.*
 
 
 
4

  
Form of Common Stock Certificate of Investors Bancorp, Inc.*
 
 
 
10.1

  
Form of Employment Agreement between Investors Bancorp, Inc. and certain executive officers*
 
 
 

124

Table of Contents

10.2

  
Form of Change in Control Agreement between Investors Bancorp, Inc. and certain executive officers *
 
 
 
10.3

  
Investors Bank Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan*
 
 
 
10.4

  
Investors Bank Amended and Restated Supplemental ESOP Retirement Plan*
 
 
 
10.5

  
Investors Bancorp, Inc. Supplemental Wage Replacement Plan*
 
 
 
10.6

  
Investors Bank Amended and Restated Deferred Directors Fee Plan*
 
 
 
10.7

  
Investors Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated Deferred Directors Fee Plan*
 
 
 
10.8

  
Executive Officer Annual Incentive Plan**
 
 
 
10.9

  
Investors Bancorp 2006 Equity Incentive Plan***
 
 
 
10.10

  
Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among Millennium and Investors Savings Bank****
 
 
 
10.11

  
Definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Investors Bancorp and Brooklyn Federal Bancorp, Inc.*****
 
 
 
10.12

 
Definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Investors Bancorp and Marathon Banking Corporation ******
 
 
 
10.13

 
Definitive Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Investors Bank, Investors Bancorp and Investors Bancorp, MHC and Roma Bank, Roma Financial Corporation and Roma Financial Corporation, MHC*******
 
 
 
14

  
Code of Ethics********
 
 
 
21

  
Subsidiaries of Registrant*
 
 
 
23.1

 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
 
31.1

  
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
31.2

  
Certification of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
32

  
Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 

125

Table of Contents

101

  
101.INS (1) XBRL Instance Document 101. SCH (1) XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 101.CAL (1) XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 101.DEF (1) XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 101.LAB (1) XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document 101.PRE (1) XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document (1) These interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not file for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under these sections.

 
*
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (file no. 333-125703), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 10, 2005.
**
Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s definitive proxy statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2008.
***
Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (File No. 000-51557), originally filed the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 15, 2006.
****
Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2010.
*****
Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 17, 2011.
******
Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 19, 2012.
*******
Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 21, 2012.0
********
Available on our website www.myinvestorsbank.com
*********
Furnished, not filed


126

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INVESTORS BANCORP, INC.
 
 
 
Date: March 1, 2013
 
By:
 
/s/  Kevin Cummings
 
 
 
 
Kevin Cummings
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
(Duly Authorized Representative)
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signatures
  
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
/s/  Kevin Cummings
Kevin Cummings
  
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
March 1, 2013
 
 
 
/s/  Thomas F. Splaine, Jr.
Thomas F. Splaine, Jr.
  
Chief Financial Officer and
Senior Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting
Officer)
 
March 1, 2013
 
 
 
/s/  Doreen R. Byrnes
Doreen R. Byrnes
  
Director
 
March 1, 2013
 
 
 
/s/  Domenick Cama
Domenick Cama
  
Director, Chief Operating Officer
and Senior Executive Vice President
 
March 1, 2013
 
 
 
/s/  Robert M. Cashill
Robert M. Cashill
  
Director, Chairman
 
March 1, 2013
 
 
 
/s/  William V. Cosgrove
William V. Cosgrove
  
Director
 
March 1, 2013
 
 
 
/s/  Brian D. Dittenhafer
Brian D. Dittenhafer
  
Director
 
March 1, 2013
 
 
 
/s/  Vincent D. Manahan, III
Vincent D. Manahan, III
  
Director
 
March 1, 2013
 
 
 
/s/  Stephen J. Szabatin
Stephen J. Szabatin
  
Director
 
March 1, 2013
 
 
 
/s/  James H. Ward III
James H. Ward III
  
Director
 
March 1, 2013
 
 
 
 
 
/s/  James Garibaldi
James Garibaldi
 
Director
 
March 1, 2013


127